1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
59 template<bool big_endian>
60 class Output_data_plt_arm;
62 template<bool big_endian>
65 template<bool big_endian>
66 class Arm_input_section;
68 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind;
70 class Arm_exidx_merged_section;
72 class Arm_exidx_fixup;
74 template<bool big_endian>
75 class Arm_output_section;
77 class Arm_exidx_input_section;
79 template<bool big_endian>
82 template<bool big_endian>
86 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address;
88 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
89 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
90 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
91 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
92 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = (-(1 << 22) + 4);
93 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
94 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = (-(1 << 24) + 4);
96 // The arm target class.
98 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
99 // supporting Android only for the time being.
102 // - Support the following relocation types as needed:
105 // R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
106 // R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
107 // R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
109 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
125 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
127 // There are probably a lot more.
129 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
130 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
135 // Types of instruction templates.
139 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
140 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
141 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
142 // conditional branches.
143 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE,
149 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
151 static const Insn_template
152 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data)
153 { return Insn_template(data, THUMB16_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 0); }
155 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
156 // when we build the stub.
157 static const Insn_template
158 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data)
159 { return Insn_template(data, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 1); }
161 static const Insn_template
162 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data)
163 { return Insn_template(data, THUMB32_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 0); }
165 static const Insn_template
166 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data, int reloc_addend)
168 return Insn_template(data, THUMB32_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24,
172 static const Insn_template
173 arm_insn(uint32_t data)
174 { return Insn_template(data, ARM_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 0); }
176 static const Insn_template
177 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data, int reloc_addend)
178 { return Insn_template(data, ARM_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24, reloc_addend); }
180 static const Insn_template
181 data_word(unsigned data, unsigned int r_type, int reloc_addend)
182 { return Insn_template(data, DATA_TYPE, r_type, reloc_addend); }
184 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
189 { return this->data_; }
191 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
194 { return this->type_; }
196 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
199 { return this->r_type_; }
203 { return this->reloc_addend_; }
205 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
209 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
214 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
217 Insn_template(unsigned data, Type type, unsigned int r_type, int reloc_addend)
218 : data_(data), type_(type), r_type_(r_type), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend)
221 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
222 // some of the instruction bits.
224 // Instruction template type.
226 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
227 unsigned int r_type_;
228 // Relocation addend.
229 int32_t reloc_addend_;
232 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
236 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
237 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
241 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
243 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
249 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
252 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
256 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
262 // First reloc stub type.
263 arm_stub_reloc_first = arm_stub_long_branch_any_any,
264 // Last reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_last = arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic,
267 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
268 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first = arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond,
269 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last = arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx,
273 arm_stub_type_last = arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
277 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
278 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
279 // common to all stubs of the same type.
284 Stub_template(Stub_type, const Insn_template*, size_t);
292 { return this->type_; }
294 // Return an array of instruction templates.
297 { return this->insns_; }
299 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
302 { return this->insn_count_; }
304 // Return size of template in bytes.
307 { return this->size_; }
309 // Return alignment of the stub template.
312 { return this->alignment_; }
314 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
316 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
317 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_; }
319 // Return number of relocations in this template.
322 { return this->relocs_.size(); }
324 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
326 reloc_insn_index(size_t i) const
328 gold_assert(i < this->relocs_.size());
329 return this->relocs_[i].first;
332 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
333 // beginning of the stub.
335 reloc_offset(size_t i) const
337 gold_assert(i < this->relocs_.size());
338 return this->relocs_[i].second;
342 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
343 // and its offset from start of stub.
344 typedef std::pair<size_t, section_size_type> Reloc;
346 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
348 Stub_template(const Stub_template&);
349 Stub_template& operator=(const Stub_template&);
353 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
354 const Insn_template* insns_;
355 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
357 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
359 // Alignment of templated instructions.
361 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
362 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_;
363 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
364 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
365 // them here for speed.
366 std::vector<Reloc> relocs_;
370 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
371 // stubs used in the ARM target.
377 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset =
378 static_cast<section_offset_type>(-1);
381 Stub(const Stub_template* stub_template)
382 : stub_template_(stub_template), offset_(invalid_offset)
389 // Return the stub template.
391 stub_template() const
392 { return this->stub_template_; }
394 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
398 gold_assert(this->offset_ != invalid_offset);
399 return this->offset_;
402 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
404 set_offset(section_offset_type offset)
405 { this->offset_ = offset; }
407 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
408 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
410 reloc_target(size_t i)
411 { return this->do_reloc_target(i); }
413 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
415 write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size, bool big_endian)
416 { this->do_write(view, view_size, big_endian); }
418 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
419 // for the i-th instruction.
421 thumb16_special(size_t i)
422 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i); }
425 // This must be defined in the child class.
427 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
429 // This may be overridden in the child class.
431 do_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size, bool big_endian)
434 this->do_fixed_endian_write<true>(view, view_size);
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write<false>(view, view_size);
439 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
440 // instruction template.
442 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
443 { gold_unreachable(); }
446 // A template to implement do_write.
447 template<bool big_endian>
449 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type);
452 const Stub_template* stub_template_;
453 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
454 section_offset_type offset_;
457 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
458 // of limited branch ranges.
460 class Reloc_stub : public Stub
463 static const unsigned int invalid_index = static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
464 // We assume we never jump to this address.
465 static const Arm_address invalid_address = static_cast<Arm_address>(-1);
467 // Return destination address.
469 destination_address() const
471 gold_assert(this->destination_address_ != this->invalid_address);
472 return this->destination_address_;
475 // Set destination address.
477 set_destination_address(Arm_address address)
479 gold_assert(address != this->invalid_address);
480 this->destination_address_ = address;
483 // Reset destination address.
485 reset_destination_address()
486 { this->destination_address_ = this->invalid_address; }
488 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
489 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
490 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
491 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
493 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type, Arm_address branch_address,
494 Arm_address branch_target, bool target_is_thumb);
496 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
497 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
498 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
503 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
504 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
505 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
506 Key(Stub_type stub_type, const Symbol* symbol, const Relobj* relobj,
507 unsigned int r_sym, int32_t addend)
508 : stub_type_(stub_type), addend_(addend)
512 this->r_sym_ = Reloc_stub::invalid_index;
513 this->u_.symbol = symbol;
517 gold_assert(relobj != NULL && r_sym != invalid_index);
518 this->r_sym_ = r_sym;
519 this->u_.relobj = relobj;
526 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
532 { return this->stub_type_; }
534 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
537 { return this->r_sym_; }
539 // Return the symbol if there is one.
542 { return this->r_sym_ == invalid_index ? this->u_.symbol : NULL; }
544 // Return the relobj if there is one.
547 { return this->r_sym_ != invalid_index ? this->u_.relobj : NULL; }
549 // Whether this equals to another key k.
551 eq(const Key& k) const
553 return ((this->stub_type_ == k.stub_type_)
554 && (this->r_sym_ == k.r_sym_)
555 && ((this->r_sym_ != Reloc_stub::invalid_index)
556 ? (this->u_.relobj == k.u_.relobj)
557 : (this->u_.symbol == k.u_.symbol))
558 && (this->addend_ == k.addend_));
561 // Return a hash value.
565 return (this->stub_type_
567 ^ gold::string_hash<char>(
568 (this->r_sym_ != Reloc_stub::invalid_index)
569 ? this->u_.relobj->name().c_str()
570 : this->u_.symbol->name())
574 // Functors for STL associative containers.
578 operator()(const Key& k) const
579 { return k.hash_value(); }
585 operator()(const Key& k1, const Key& k2) const
586 { return k1.eq(k2); }
589 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
595 Stub_type stub_type_;
596 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
597 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
599 // If r_sym_ is invalid index. This points to a global symbol.
600 // Otherwise, this points a relobj. We used the unsized and target
601 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
602 // Arm_relobj. This is done to avoid making the stub class a template
603 // as most of the stub machinery is endianity-neutral. However, it
604 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
607 const Symbol* symbol;
608 const Relobj* relobj;
610 // Addend associated with a reloc.
615 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
616 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template* stub_template)
617 : Stub(stub_template), destination_address_(invalid_address)
623 friend class Stub_factory;
625 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
628 do_reloc_target(size_t i)
630 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
632 return this->destination_address_;
636 // Address of destination.
637 Arm_address destination_address_;
640 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
641 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
643 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
644 // branch address is 0xffe.
645 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
647 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
649 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
650 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
651 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
652 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
653 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
654 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
655 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
656 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
659 class Cortex_a8_stub : public Stub
665 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
669 { return this->relobj_; }
671 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
675 { return this->shndx_; }
677 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
678 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
681 source_address() const
682 { return this->source_address_; }
684 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
685 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
686 // instruction address.
688 destination_address() const
689 { return this->destination_address_; }
691 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
693 original_insn() const
694 { return this->original_insn_; }
697 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
698 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template* stub_template, Relobj* relobj,
699 unsigned int shndx, Arm_address source_address,
700 Arm_address destination_address, uint32_t original_insn)
701 : Stub(stub_template), relobj_(relobj), shndx_(shndx),
702 source_address_(source_address | 1U),
703 destination_address_(destination_address),
704 original_insn_(original_insn)
707 friend class Stub_factory;
709 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
712 do_reloc_target(size_t i)
714 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond)
716 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
718 return i == 0 ? this->source_address_ + 4 : this->destination_address_;
722 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
724 return this->destination_address_;
728 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
730 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
733 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
735 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
737 // Source address of original branch.
738 Arm_address source_address_;
739 // Destination address of the original branch.
740 Arm_address destination_address_;
741 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
742 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
743 uint32_t original_insn_;
746 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
747 class Arm_v4bx_stub : public Stub
753 // Return the associated register.
756 { return this->reg_; }
759 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
760 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template* stub_template, const uint32_t reg)
761 : Stub(stub_template), reg_(reg)
764 friend class Stub_factory;
766 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
769 do_reloc_target(size_t)
770 { gold_unreachable(); }
772 // This may be overridden in the child class.
774 do_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size, bool big_endian)
777 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write<true>(view, view_size);
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write<false>(view, view_size);
783 // A template to implement do_write.
784 template<bool big_endian>
786 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type)
788 const Insn_template* insns = this->stub_template()->insns();
789 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view,
791 + (this->reg_ << 16)));
792 view += insns[0].size();
793 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view,
794 (insns[1].data() + this->reg_));
795 view += insns[1].size();
796 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view,
797 (insns[2].data() + this->reg_));
800 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
804 // Stub factory class.
809 // Return the unique instance of this class.
810 static const Stub_factory&
813 static Stub_factory singleton;
817 // Make a relocation stub.
819 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type) const
821 gold_assert(stub_type >= arm_stub_reloc_first
822 && stub_type <= arm_stub_reloc_last);
823 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_[stub_type]);
826 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
828 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type, Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx,
829 Arm_address source, Arm_address destination,
830 uint32_t original_insn) const
832 gold_assert(stub_type >= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
833 && stub_type <= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last);
834 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_[stub_type], relobj, shndx,
835 source, destination, original_insn);
838 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
839 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
841 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg) const
843 gold_assert(reg < 0xf);
844 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx],
849 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
850 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
854 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
855 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory&);
856 Stub_factory& operator=(Stub_factory&);
858 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
859 const Stub_template* stub_templates_[arm_stub_type_last+1];
862 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
864 template<bool big_endian>
865 class Stub_table : public Output_data
868 Stub_table(Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner)
869 : Output_data(), owner_(owner), reloc_stubs_(), cortex_a8_stubs_(),
870 arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf), prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
876 // Owner of this stub table.
877 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
879 { return this->owner_; }
881 // Whether this stub table is empty.
885 return (this->reloc_stubs_.empty()
886 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_.empty()
887 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.empty());
890 // Return the current data size.
892 current_data_size() const
893 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
895 // Add a STUB with using KEY. Caller is reponsible for avoid adding
896 // if already a STUB with the same key has been added.
898 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub* stub, const Reloc_stub::Key& key)
900 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
901 gold_assert(stub_template->type() == key.stub_type());
902 this->reloc_stubs_[key] = stub;
905 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
906 // Caller is reponsible for avoid adding if already a STUB with the same
907 // address has been added.
909 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address, Cortex_a8_stub* stub)
911 std::pair<Arm_address, Cortex_a8_stub*> value(address, stub);
912 this->cortex_a8_stubs_.insert(value);
915 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
918 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub* stub)
920 gold_assert(stub != NULL && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_[stub->reg()] == NULL);
921 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_[stub->reg()] = stub;
924 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
926 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
928 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
930 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key& key) const
932 typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.find(key);
933 return (p != this->reloc_stubs_.end()) ? p->second : NULL;
936 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
937 // Return NULL if there is none.
939 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg) const
941 gold_assert(reg < 0xf);
942 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_[reg];
945 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
947 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
948 Target_arm<big_endian>*, Output_section*,
949 unsigned char*, Arm_address, section_size_type);
951 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
952 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
953 // previous relaxation pass.
955 update_data_size_and_addralign();
957 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
958 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
962 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
964 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm<big_endian>*,
965 unsigned char*, Arm_address,
969 // Write out section contents.
971 do_write(Output_file*);
973 // Return the required alignment.
976 { return this->prev_addralign_; }
978 // Reset address and file offset.
980 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
981 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_); }
983 // Set final data size.
985 set_final_data_size()
986 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
989 // Relocate one stub.
991 relocate_stub(Stub*, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
992 Target_arm<big_endian>*, Output_section*,
993 unsigned char*, Arm_address, section_size_type);
995 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
997 Unordered_map<Reloc_stub::Key, Reloc_stub*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash,
998 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to>
1001 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1002 // fixed up in output.
1003 typedef std::map<Arm_address, Cortex_a8_stub*> Cortex_a8_stub_list;
1004 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1005 typedef std::vector<Arm_v4bx_stub*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list;
1007 // Owner of this stub table.
1008 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner_;
1009 // The relocation stubs.
1010 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_;
1011 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1012 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_;
1013 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1014 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_;
1015 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1016 off_t prev_data_size_;
1017 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1018 uint64_t prev_addralign_;
1021 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1022 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1024 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind : public Output_section_data
1027 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx)
1028 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj), shndx_(shndx)
1031 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1034 { return this->relobj_; }
1036 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1039 { return this->shndx_; }
1043 do_write(Output_file* of)
1045 if (parameters->target().is_big_endian())
1046 this->do_fixed_endian_write<true>(of);
1048 this->do_fixed_endian_write<false>(of);
1052 // Implement do_write for a given endianity.
1053 template<bool big_endian>
1055 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file*);
1057 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1059 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1060 unsigned int shndx_;
1063 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1064 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1065 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1067 typedef std::map<section_offset_type, section_offset_type>
1068 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map;
1070 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1071 // with some of its entries merged.
1073 class Arm_exidx_merged_section : public Output_relaxed_input_section
1076 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1077 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1078 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1079 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1080 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1081 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1082 const Arm_exidx_input_section& exidx_input_section,
1083 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map& section_offset_map,
1084 uint32_t deleted_bytes);
1086 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1087 const Arm_exidx_input_section&
1088 exidx_input_section() const
1089 { return this->exidx_input_section_; }
1091 // Return the section offset map.
1092 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map&
1093 section_offset_map() const
1094 { return this->section_offset_map_; }
1097 // Write merged section into file OF.
1099 do_write(Output_file* of);
1102 do_output_offset(const Relobj*, unsigned int, section_offset_type,
1103 section_offset_type*) const;
1106 // Original EXIDX input section.
1107 const Arm_exidx_input_section& exidx_input_section_;
1108 // Section offset map.
1109 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map& section_offset_map_;
1112 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1114 template<bool big_endian>
1115 class Arm_input_section : public Output_relaxed_input_section
1118 Arm_input_section(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx)
1119 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj, shndx, 1),
1120 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL)
1123 ~Arm_input_section()
1130 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1132 is_stub_table_owner() const
1133 { return this->stub_table_ != NULL && this->stub_table_->owner() == this; }
1135 // Return the stub table.
1136 Stub_table<big_endian>*
1138 { return this->stub_table_; }
1140 // Set the stub_table.
1142 set_stub_table(Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table)
1143 { this->stub_table_ = stub_table; }
1145 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1146 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1147 static Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
1148 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section* poris)
1149 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section<big_endian>*>(poris); }
1152 // Write data to output file.
1154 do_write(Output_file*);
1156 // Return required alignment of this.
1158 do_addralign() const
1160 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1161 return std::max(this->stub_table_->addralign(),
1162 this->original_addralign_);
1164 return this->original_addralign_;
1167 // Finalize data size.
1169 set_final_data_size();
1171 // Reset address and file offset.
1173 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1177 do_output_offset(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
1178 section_offset_type offset,
1179 section_offset_type* poutput) const
1181 if ((object == this->relobj())
1182 && (shndx == this->shndx())
1184 && (convert_types<uint64_t, section_offset_type>(offset)
1185 <= this->original_size_))
1195 // Copying is not allowed.
1196 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section&);
1197 Arm_input_section& operator=(const Arm_input_section&);
1199 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1200 uint64_t original_addralign_;
1201 // Section size of the original input section.
1202 uint64_t original_size_;
1204 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table_;
1207 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1208 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1210 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1213 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section* exidx_output_section)
1214 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE),
1215 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL),
1216 section_offset_map_(NULL)
1220 { delete this->section_offset_map_; }
1222 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. Return number of bytes to
1223 // be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX section are merged
1224 // a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store in the located
1225 // PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is reponsible for
1227 template<bool big_endian>
1229 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section,
1230 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map** psection_offset_map);
1232 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1233 // input section, if there is not one already.
1235 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1238 // Copying is not allowed.
1239 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup&);
1240 Arm_exidx_fixup& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup&);
1242 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1247 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1248 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND,
1255 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1256 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1258 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word);
1260 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1261 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1262 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1263 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1264 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1266 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset,
1267 section_size_type deleted_bytes, bool delete_entry);
1269 // EXIDX output section.
1270 Output_section* exidx_output_section_;
1271 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1272 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_;
1273 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1274 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_;
1275 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1276 const Arm_exidx_input_section* last_input_section_;
1277 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1278 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map* section_offset_map_;
1281 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1282 // stub generation methods.
1284 template<bool big_endian>
1285 class Arm_output_section : public Output_section
1288 typedef std::vector<std::pair<Relobj*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list;
1290 Arm_output_section(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word type,
1291 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags)
1292 : Output_section(name, type, flags)
1295 ~Arm_output_section()
1298 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1300 group_sections(section_size_type, bool, Target_arm<big_endian>*);
1302 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1303 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1304 static Arm_output_section<big_endian>*
1305 as_arm_output_section(Output_section* os)
1306 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section<big_endian>*>(os); }
1308 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1310 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list* list);
1312 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1313 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1314 // output addresses.
1316 fix_exidx_coverage(const Text_section_list& sorted_text_section,
1317 Symbol_table* symtab);
1321 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section;
1322 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list;
1324 // Create a stub group.
1325 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator,
1326 Input_section_list::const_iterator,
1327 Input_section_list::const_iterator,
1328 Target_arm<big_endian>*,
1329 std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*>*);
1332 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1334 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1337 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset =
1338 static_cast<section_offset_type>(-1);
1340 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx,
1341 unsigned int link, uint32_t size, uint32_t addralign)
1342 : relobj_(relobj), shndx_(shndx), link_(link), size_(size),
1343 addralign_(addralign)
1346 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1349 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1351 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1354 { return this->relobj_; }
1356 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1359 { return this->shndx_; }
1361 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1364 { return this->link_; }
1366 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1369 { return this->size_; }
1371 // Reutnr address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1374 { return this->addralign_; }
1377 // Object containing this.
1379 // Section index of this.
1380 unsigned int shndx_;
1381 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1383 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1385 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1386 uint32_t addralign_;
1389 // Arm_relobj class.
1391 template<bool big_endian>
1392 class Arm_relobj : public Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>
1395 static const Arm_address invalid_address = static_cast<Arm_address>(-1);
1397 Arm_relobj(const std::string& name, Input_file* input_file, off_t offset,
1398 const typename elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr)
1399 : Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr),
1400 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1401 attributes_section_data_(NULL), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1402 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL), exidx_section_map_(),
1403 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false)
1407 { delete this->attributes_section_data_; }
1409 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1410 Stub_table<big_endian>*
1411 stub_table(unsigned int shndx) const
1413 gold_assert(shndx < this->stub_tables_.size());
1414 return this->stub_tables_[shndx];
1417 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1419 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx, Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table)
1421 gold_assert(shndx < this->stub_tables_.size());
1422 this->stub_tables_[shndx] = stub_table;
1425 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1426 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1428 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym) const
1430 gold_assert(r_sym < this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_.size());
1431 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_[r_sym];
1434 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1436 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm<big_endian>*, const Symbol_table*,
1439 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1441 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx)
1443 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1444 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1445 this->set_section_offset(shndx, -1ULL);
1446 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1449 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1450 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1451 static Arm_relobj<big_endian>*
1452 as_arm_relobj(Relobj* relobj)
1453 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj<big_endian>*>(relobj); }
1455 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1458 processor_specific_flags() const
1459 { return this->processor_specific_flags_; }
1461 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1463 const Attributes_section_data*
1464 attributes_section_data() const
1465 { return this->attributes_section_data_; }
1467 // Mapping symbol location.
1468 typedef std::pair<unsigned int, Arm_address> Mapping_symbol_position;
1470 // Functor for STL container.
1471 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1474 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position& p1,
1475 const Mapping_symbol_position& p2) const
1477 return (p1.first < p2.first
1478 || (p1.first == p2.first && p1.second < p2.second));
1482 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1483 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1484 typedef std::map<Mapping_symbol_position, char,
1485 Mapping_symbol_position_less> Mapping_symbols_info;
1487 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1489 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx) const
1491 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_ != NULL
1492 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_)[shndx]);
1495 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1497 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx)
1499 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_ == NULL)
1500 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_ =
1501 new std::vector<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1502 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_)[shndx] = true;
1505 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1506 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1507 const Arm_exidx_input_section*
1508 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx) const
1510 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p = this->exidx_section_map_.find(shndx);
1511 return ((p != this->exidx_section_map_.end()
1512 && p->second->link() == shndx)
1517 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1518 const Arm_exidx_input_section*
1519 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx) const
1521 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p = this->exidx_section_map_.find(shndx);
1522 return ((p != this->exidx_section_map_.end()
1523 && p->second->shndx() == shndx)
1528 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1530 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1531 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_; }
1533 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1535 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1536 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_ = true; }
1538 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1540 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1543 // Post constructor setup.
1547 // Call parent's setup method.
1548 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>::do_setup();
1550 // Initialize look-up tables.
1551 Stub_table_list empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL);
1552 this->stub_tables_.swap(empty_stub_table_list);
1555 // Count the local symbols.
1557 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template<char>*,
1558 Stringpool_template<char>*);
1561 do_relocate_sections(const Symbol_table* symtab, const Layout* layout,
1562 const unsigned char* pshdrs,
1563 typename Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>::Views* pivews);
1565 // Read the symbol information.
1567 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd);
1569 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1571 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Read_relocs_data*);
1575 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1577 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&,
1578 const Relobj::Output_sections&,
1579 const Symbol_table *, const unsigned char*);
1581 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1583 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&,
1584 unsigned int, Output_section*,
1585 const Symbol_table *);
1587 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1589 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&,
1590 unsigned int, Output_section*,
1591 Target_arm<big_endian>*);
1593 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1594 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR.
1596 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx,
1597 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr);
1599 typedef std::vector<Stub_table<big_endian>*> Stub_table_list;
1600 typedef Unordered_map<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section*>
1603 // List of stub tables.
1604 Stub_table_list stub_tables_;
1605 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1606 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1607 std::vector<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_;
1608 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1609 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_;
1610 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1611 Attributes_section_data* attributes_section_data_;
1612 // Mapping symbols information.
1613 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_;
1614 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1615 std::vector<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_;
1616 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1617 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_;
1618 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1619 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_;
1622 // Arm_dynobj class.
1624 template<bool big_endian>
1625 class Arm_dynobj : public Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>
1628 Arm_dynobj(const std::string& name, Input_file* input_file, off_t offset,
1629 const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr)
1630 : Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr),
1631 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL)
1635 { delete this->attributes_section_data_; }
1637 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1638 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1639 static Arm_dynobj<big_endian>*
1640 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj* dynobj)
1641 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj<big_endian>*>(dynobj); }
1643 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1646 processor_specific_flags() const
1647 { return this->processor_specific_flags_; }
1649 // Attributes section data.
1650 const Attributes_section_data*
1651 attributes_section_data() const
1652 { return this->attributes_section_data_; }
1655 // Read the symbol information.
1657 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd);
1660 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1661 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_;
1662 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1663 Attributes_section_data* attributes_section_data_;
1666 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1668 template<int sh_type, bool big_endian>
1669 struct Stub_addend_reader
1671 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1672 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1673 // view or from a Reloc object.
1674 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
1676 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1677 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1678 const typename Reloc_types<sh_type,
1679 32, big_endian>::Reloc& /* reloc */) const;
1682 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1684 template<bool big_endian>
1685 struct Stub_addend_reader<elfcpp::SHT_REL, big_endian>
1687 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
1690 const unsigned char*,
1691 const typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>::Reloc&) const;
1694 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1695 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1696 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1697 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1699 template<bool big_endian>
1700 struct Stub_addend_reader<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, big_endian>
1702 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
1705 const unsigned char*,
1706 const typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, 32,
1707 big_endian>::Reloc& reloc) const
1708 { return reloc.get_r_addend(); }
1711 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1712 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1714 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1717 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub* reloc_stub, unsigned r_type,
1718 Arm_address destination)
1719 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub), r_type_(r_type), destination_(destination)
1725 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1727 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1731 { return this->reloc_stub_; }
1733 // Return the relocation type.
1736 { return this->r_type_; }
1738 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1742 { return this->destination_; }
1745 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1746 const Reloc_stub* reloc_stub_;
1748 unsigned int r_type_;
1749 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1751 Arm_address destination_;
1754 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
1758 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
1759 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
1760 template<int no_bits>
1761 static inline int32_t
1762 sign_extend(uint32_t bits)
1764 gold_assert(no_bits >= 0 && no_bits <= 32);
1766 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits);
1767 uint32_t mask = (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits);
1769 uint32_t top_bit = 1U << (no_bits - 1);
1770 int32_t as_signed = static_cast<int32_t>(bits);
1771 return (bits & top_bit) ? as_signed + (-top_bit * 2) : as_signed;
1774 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
1775 template<int no_bits>
1777 has_overflow(uint32_t bits)
1779 gold_assert(no_bits >= 0 && no_bits <= 32);
1782 int32_t max = (1 << (no_bits - 1)) - 1;
1783 int32_t min = -(1 << (no_bits - 1));
1784 int32_t as_signed = static_cast<int32_t>(bits);
1785 return as_signed > max || as_signed < min;
1788 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
1789 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
1790 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
1791 // -128 <= bits <= 255
1792 template<int no_bits>
1794 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits)
1796 gold_assert(no_bits >= 2 && no_bits <= 32);
1799 int32_t max = static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits) - 1);
1800 int32_t min = -(1 << (no_bits - 1));
1801 int32_t as_signed = static_cast<int32_t>(bits);
1802 return as_signed > max || as_signed < min;
1805 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
1806 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
1807 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
1808 static inline uint32_t
1809 bit_select(uint32_t a, uint32_t b, uint32_t mask)
1810 { return (a & ~mask) | (b & mask); }
1813 template<bool big_endian>
1814 class Target_arm : public Sized_target<32, big_endian>
1817 typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, true, 32, big_endian>
1820 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
1821 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs = static_cast<size_t>(-1);
1824 : Sized_target<32, big_endian>(&arm_info),
1825 got_(NULL), plt_(NULL), got_plt_(NULL), rel_dyn_(NULL),
1826 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY), dynbss_(NULL), stub_tables_(),
1827 stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()), may_use_blx_(false),
1828 should_force_pic_veneer_(false), arm_input_section_map_(),
1829 attributes_section_data_(NULL), fix_cortex_a8_(false),
1830 cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
1833 // Whether we can use BLX.
1836 { return this->may_use_blx_; }
1838 // Set use-BLX flag.
1840 set_may_use_blx(bool value)
1841 { this->may_use_blx_ = value; }
1843 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
1845 should_force_pic_veneer() const
1846 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_; }
1848 // Set PIC veneer flag.
1850 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value)
1851 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_ = value; }
1853 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
1855 using_thumb2() const
1857 Object_attribute* attr =
1858 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
1859 int arch = attr->int_value();
1860 return arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2 || arch >= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7;
1863 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
1865 using_thumb_only() const
1867 Object_attribute* attr =
1868 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
1869 if (attr->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
1870 && attr->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M)
1872 attr = this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile);
1873 return attr->int_value() == 'M';
1876 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
1878 may_use_arm_nop() const
1880 Object_attribute* attr =
1881 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
1882 int arch = attr->int_value();
1883 return (arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
1884 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
1885 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
1886 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M);
1889 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
1891 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
1893 Object_attribute* attr =
1894 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
1895 int arch = attr->int_value();
1896 return (arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
1897 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
1898 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M);
1901 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
1902 // garbage collection.
1904 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
1906 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
1907 unsigned int data_shndx,
1908 unsigned int sh_type,
1909 const unsigned char* prelocs,
1911 Output_section* output_section,
1912 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
1913 size_t local_symbol_count,
1914 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols);
1916 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
1918 scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
1920 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
1921 unsigned int data_shndx,
1922 unsigned int sh_type,
1923 const unsigned char* prelocs,
1925 Output_section* output_section,
1926 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
1927 size_t local_symbol_count,
1928 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols);
1930 // Finalize the sections.
1932 do_finalize_sections(Layout*, const Input_objects*, Symbol_table*);
1934 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
1937 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol*) const;
1939 // Relocate a section.
1941 relocate_section(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
1942 unsigned int sh_type,
1943 const unsigned char* prelocs,
1945 Output_section* output_section,
1946 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
1947 unsigned char* view,
1948 Arm_address view_address,
1949 section_size_type view_size,
1950 const Reloc_symbol_changes*);
1952 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
1954 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
1956 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
1957 unsigned int data_shndx,
1958 unsigned int sh_type,
1959 const unsigned char* prelocs,
1961 Output_section* output_section,
1962 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
1963 size_t local_symbol_count,
1964 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols,
1965 Relocatable_relocs*);
1967 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
1969 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
1970 unsigned int sh_type,
1971 const unsigned char* prelocs,
1973 Output_section* output_section,
1974 off_t offset_in_output_section,
1975 const Relocatable_relocs*,
1976 unsigned char* view,
1977 Arm_address view_address,
1978 section_size_type view_size,
1979 unsigned char* reloc_view,
1980 section_size_type reloc_view_size);
1982 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
1984 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol* sym) const
1985 { return strcmp(sym->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
1987 // Return the size of the GOT section.
1991 gold_assert(this->got_ != NULL);
1992 return this->got_->data_size();
1995 // Map platform-specific reloc types
1997 get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type);
2000 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2003 // Return the stub factory
2005 stub_factory() const
2006 { return this->stub_factory_; }
2008 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2009 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
2010 new_arm_input_section(Relobj*, unsigned int);
2012 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2013 // section of RELOBJ.
2014 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
2015 find_arm_input_section(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx) const;
2017 // Make a new Stub_table
2018 Stub_table<big_endian>*
2019 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section<big_endian>*);
2021 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2023 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2024 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section*,
2025 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address,
2030 relocate_stub(Stub*, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
2031 Output_section*, unsigned char*, Arm_address,
2034 // Get the default ARM target.
2035 static Target_arm<big_endian>*
2038 gold_assert(parameters->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2039 && parameters->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian);
2040 return static_cast<Target_arm<big_endian>*>(
2041 parameters->sized_target<32, big_endian>());
2044 // Whether relocation type uses LSB to distinguish THUMB addresses.
2046 reloc_uses_thumb_bit(unsigned int r_type);
2048 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2050 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name)
2054 && (name[1] == 'a' || name[1] == 't' || name[1] == 'd')
2055 && (name[2] == '\0' || name[2] == '.'));
2058 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2060 fix_cortex_a8() const
2061 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_; }
2063 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2065 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2066 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2067 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2069 { return parameters->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2071 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2073 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj<big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2074 section_size_type, section_size_type,
2075 const unsigned char*, Arm_address);
2077 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2079 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub*, Arm_address,
2080 unsigned char*, Arm_address);
2083 // Make an ELF object.
2085 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2086 const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr);
2089 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2090 const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, !big_endian>&)
2091 { gold_unreachable(); }
2094 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2095 const elfcpp::Ehdr<64, false>&)
2096 { gold_unreachable(); }
2099 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2100 const elfcpp::Ehdr<64, true>&)
2101 { gold_unreachable(); }
2103 // Make an output section.
2105 do_make_output_section(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word type,
2106 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags)
2107 { return new Arm_output_section<big_endian>(name, type, flags); }
2110 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view, int len) const;
2112 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2113 // not doing relocatable linking.
2115 do_may_relax() const
2116 { return !parameters->options().relocatable(); }
2119 do_relax(int, const Input_objects*, Symbol_table*, Layout*);
2121 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2124 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag) const;
2126 // Reorder tags during output.
2128 do_attributes_order(int num) const;
2131 // The class which scans relocations.
2136 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2140 local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_arm* target,
2141 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2142 unsigned int data_shndx,
2143 Output_section* output_section,
2144 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
2145 const elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian>& lsym);
2148 global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_arm* target,
2149 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2150 unsigned int data_shndx,
2151 Output_section* output_section,
2152 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
2157 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>*,
2158 unsigned int r_type);
2161 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>*,
2162 unsigned int r_type, Symbol*);
2165 check_non_pic(Relobj*, unsigned int r_type);
2167 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2168 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2170 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol* sym)
2172 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2173 if (sym->is_undefined() && !parameters->options().shared())
2176 return (!parameters->doing_static_link()
2177 && (sym->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2178 || sym->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC)
2179 && (sym->is_from_dynobj()
2180 || sym->is_undefined()
2181 || sym->is_preemptible()));
2184 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2185 bool issued_non_pic_error_;
2188 // The class which implements relocation.
2198 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2200 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
2203 Output_section* output_section);
2205 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2206 // any warnings about this relocation.
2208 relocate(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, Target_arm*,
2209 Output_section*, size_t relnum,
2210 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>&,
2211 unsigned int r_type, const Sized_symbol<32>*,
2212 const Symbol_value<32>*,
2213 unsigned char*, Arm_address,
2216 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2217 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2220 reloc_is_non_pic (unsigned int r_type)
2224 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2225 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
2226 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS:
2227 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
2228 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12:
2229 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS:
2230 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
2231 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32:
2232 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
2233 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP:
2235 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2236 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
2237 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
2238 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
2239 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
2240 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
2241 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
2242 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
2250 // Return whether we need to calculate the addressing origin of
2251 // the output segment defining the symbol - B(S).
2253 reloc_needs_sym_origin(unsigned int r_type)
2257 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32:
2258 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
2259 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
2260 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC:
2261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC:
2262 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK:
2263 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
2264 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
2265 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
2266 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
2267 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
2268 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
2269 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
2270 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
2271 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
2272 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
2273 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
2274 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
2275 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
2276 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
2277 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
2278 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
2279 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
2280 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
2281 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
2282 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
2283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
2292 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2293 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2294 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2298 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj*);
2301 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2302 Output_data_got<32, big_endian>*
2303 got_section(Symbol_table*, Layout*);
2305 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2307 got_plt_section() const
2309 gold_assert(this->got_plt_ != NULL);
2310 return this->got_plt_;
2313 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2315 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Symbol*);
2317 // Get the PLT section.
2318 const Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>*
2321 gold_assert(this->plt_ != NULL);
2325 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2327 rel_dyn_section(Layout*);
2329 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2330 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2331 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2333 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol* gsym)
2335 return (gsym->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2336 && gsym->may_need_copy_reloc());
2339 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2341 copy_reloc(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
2342 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2343 unsigned int shndx, Output_section* output_section,
2344 Symbol* sym, const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc)
2346 this->copy_relocs_.copy_reloc(symtab, layout,
2347 symtab->get_sized_symbol<32>(sym),
2348 object, shndx, output_section, reloc,
2349 this->rel_dyn_section(layout));
2352 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2354 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2);
2356 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2357 // header of the output.
2359 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string&, elfcpp::Elf_Word);
2361 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2363 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data*);
2365 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2367 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data*, int);
2370 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2372 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2374 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2376 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2378 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2380 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2382 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data*);
2384 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2386 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag) const
2388 Attributes_section_data* pasd = this->attributes_section_data_;
2389 gold_assert(pasd != NULL);
2390 Object_attribute* attr =
2391 pasd->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC, tag);
2392 gold_assert(attr != NULL);
2397 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2400 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2402 group_sections(Layout*, section_size_type, bool);
2404 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2406 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2407 const Sized_symbol<32>*, unsigned int,
2408 const Symbol_value<32>*,
2409 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword, Arm_address);
2411 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2412 template<int sh_type>
2414 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2415 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
2416 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2418 Output_section* output_section,
2419 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2420 const unsigned char* view,
2421 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr view_address,
2424 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2426 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout*, Arm_output_section<big_endian>*, Symbol_table*);
2428 // Functors for STL set.
2429 struct output_section_address_less_than
2432 operator()(const Output_section* s1, const Output_section* s2) const
2433 { return s1->address() < s2->address(); }
2436 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2437 // general Target structure.
2438 static const Target::Target_info arm_info;
2440 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2443 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD = 0 // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2446 typedef typename std::vector<Stub_table<big_endian>*> Stub_table_list;
2448 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2449 typedef Unordered_map<Section_id,
2450 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*,
2452 Arm_input_section_map;
2454 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2455 typedef Unordered_map<Arm_address, const Cortex_a8_reloc*>
2456 Cortex_a8_relocs_info;
2459 Output_data_got<32, big_endian>* got_;
2461 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>* plt_;
2462 // The GOT PLT section.
2463 Output_data_space* got_plt_;
2464 // The dynamic reloc section.
2465 Reloc_section* rel_dyn_;
2466 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2467 Copy_relocs<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian> copy_relocs_;
2468 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2469 Output_data_space* dynbss_;
2470 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2471 Stub_table_list stub_tables_;
2473 const Stub_factory &stub_factory_;
2474 // Whether we can use BLX.
2476 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2477 bool should_force_pic_veneer_;
2478 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2479 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_;
2480 // Attributes section data in output.
2481 Attributes_section_data* attributes_section_data_;
2482 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2483 bool fix_cortex_a8_;
2484 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2485 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_;
2488 template<bool big_endian>
2489 const Target::Target_info Target_arm<big_endian>::arm_info =
2492 big_endian, // is_big_endian
2493 elfcpp::EM_ARM, // machine_code
2494 false, // has_make_symbol
2495 false, // has_resolve
2496 false, // has_code_fill
2497 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2499 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2500 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2501 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2502 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2503 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx
2504 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // large_common_shndx
2505 0, // small_common_section_flags
2506 0, // large_common_section_flags
2507 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2508 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2511 // Arm relocate functions class
2514 template<bool big_endian>
2515 class Arm_relocate_functions : public Relocate_functions<32, big_endian>
2520 STATUS_OKAY, // No error during relocation.
2521 STATUS_OVERFLOW, // Relocation oveflow.
2522 STATUS_BAD_RELOC // Relocation cannot be applied.
2526 typedef Relocate_functions<32, big_endian> Base;
2527 typedef Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> This;
2529 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2532 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2534 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2535 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2536 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2537 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2539 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2540 // instruction encoding described above.
2541 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
2542 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2543 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val)
2545 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2546 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2547 return utils::sign_extend<16>(((val >> 4) & 0xf000) | (val & 0xfff));
2550 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
2552 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
2553 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
2554 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val,
2555 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype x)
2559 val |= (x & 0xf000) << 4;
2563 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
2566 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
2568 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2569 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2570 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
2571 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2573 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
2574 // instruction encoding described above.
2575 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
2576 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
2577 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val)
2579 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2580 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2581 return utils::sign_extend<16>(((val >> 4) & 0xf000)
2582 | ((val >> 15) & 0x0800)
2583 | ((val >> 4) & 0x0700)
2587 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
2589 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
2590 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
2591 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val,
2592 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype x)
2595 val |= (x & 0xf000) << 4;
2596 val |= (x & 0x0800) << 15;
2597 val |= (x & 0x0700) << 4;
2598 val |= (x & 0x00ff);
2602 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
2603 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2605 calc_grp_kn(typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype residual)
2611 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
2612 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
2613 for (msb = 30; (msb >= 0) && !(residual & (3 << msb)); msb -= 2)
2615 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
2617 return (((msb - 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb - 6));
2620 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
2621 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
2622 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
2623 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2624 static typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
2625 calc_grp_residual(typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype residual,
2628 for (int n = 0; n <= group; n++)
2630 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2631 uint32_t shift = calc_grp_kn(residual);
2632 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2633 residual &= ~(residual & (0xff << shift));
2639 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
2640 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2641 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2642 static typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
2643 calc_grp_gn(typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype residual,
2646 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype gn = 0;
2649 for (int n = 0; n <= group; n++)
2651 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2652 shift = calc_grp_kn(residual);
2653 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
2654 gn = residual & (0xff << shift);
2655 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2658 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2659 return ((gn >> shift) | ((gn <= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift) / 2) << 8));
2662 // Handle ARM long branches.
2663 static typename This::Status
2664 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
2665 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol<32>*,
2666 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2667 const Symbol_value<32>*, Arm_address, Arm_address, bool);
2669 // Handle THUMB long branches.
2670 static typename This::Status
2671 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
2672 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol<32>*,
2673 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2674 const Symbol_value<32>*, Arm_address, Arm_address, bool);
2678 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
2679 static inline int32_t
2680 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn, uint16_t lower_insn)
2682 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
2683 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
2684 uint32_t s = (upper_insn & (1U << 10)) >> 10;
2685 uint32_t upper = upper_insn & 0x3ffU;
2686 uint32_t lower = lower_insn & 0x7ffU;
2687 uint32_t j1 = (lower_insn & (1U << 13)) >> 13;
2688 uint32_t j2 = (lower_insn & (1U << 11)) >> 11;
2689 uint32_t i1 = j1 ^ s ? 0 : 1;
2690 uint32_t i2 = j2 ^ s ? 0 : 1;
2692 return utils::sign_extend<25>((s << 24) | (i1 << 23) | (i2 << 22)
2693 | (upper << 12) | (lower << 1));
2696 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
2697 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
2698 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2699 static inline uint16_t
2700 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn, int32_t offset)
2702 uint32_t s = offset < 0 ? 1 : 0;
2703 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
2704 return (upper_insn & ~0x7ffU) | ((bits >> 12) & 0x3ffU) | (s << 10);
2707 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
2708 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
2709 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2710 static inline uint16_t
2711 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn, int32_t offset)
2713 uint32_t s = offset < 0 ? 1 : 0;
2714 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
2715 return ((lower_insn & ~0x2fffU)
2716 | ((((bits >> 23) & 1) ^ !s) << 13)
2717 | ((((bits >> 22) & 1) ^ !s) << 11)
2718 | ((bits >> 1) & 0x7ffU));
2721 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
2722 static inline int32_t
2723 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn, uint16_t lower_insn)
2725 uint32_t s = (upper_insn & 0x0400U) >> 10;
2726 uint32_t j1 = (lower_insn & 0x2000U) >> 13;
2727 uint32_t j2 = (lower_insn & 0x0800U) >> 11;
2728 uint32_t lower = (lower_insn & 0x07ffU);
2729 uint32_t upper = (s << 8) | (j2 << 7) | (j1 << 6) | (upper_insn & 0x003fU);
2731 return utils::sign_extend<21>((upper << 12) | (lower << 1));
2734 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
2735 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
2736 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
2737 static inline uint16_t
2738 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn, int32_t offset)
2740 uint32_t s = offset < 0 ? 1 : 0;
2741 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
2742 return (upper_insn & 0xfbc0U) | (s << 10) | ((bits & 0x0003f000U) >> 12);
2745 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
2746 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
2747 // Caller is reponsible for overflow checking.
2748 static inline uint16_t
2749 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn, int32_t offset)
2751 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
2752 uint32_t j2 = (bits & 0x00080000U) >> 19;
2753 uint32_t j1 = (bits & 0x00040000U) >> 18;
2754 uint32_t lo = (bits & 0x00000ffeU) >> 1;
2756 return (lower_insn & 0xd000U) | (j1 << 13) | (j2 << 11) | lo;
2759 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
2760 static inline typename This::Status
2761 abs8(unsigned char *view,
2762 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2763 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
2765 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<8, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
2766 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
2767 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
2768 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<8, big_endian>::readval(wv);
2769 Reltype addend = utils::sign_extend<8>(val);
2770 Reltype x = psymval->value(object, addend);
2771 val = utils::bit_select(val, x, 0xffU);
2772 elfcpp::Swap<8, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
2773 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8>(x)
2774 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2775 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
2778 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
2779 static inline typename This::Status
2780 thm_abs5(unsigned char *view,
2781 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2782 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
2784 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
2785 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
2786 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
2787 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
2788 Reltype addend = (val & 0x7e0U) >> 6;
2789 Reltype x = psymval->value(object, addend);
2790 val = utils::bit_select(val, x << 6, 0x7e0U);
2791 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
2792 return (utils::has_overflow<5>(x)
2793 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2794 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
2797 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
2798 static inline typename This::Status
2799 abs12(unsigned char *view,
2800 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2801 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
2803 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
2804 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
2805 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
2806 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
2807 Reltype addend = val & 0x0fffU;
2808 Reltype x = psymval->value(object, addend);
2809 val = utils::bit_select(val, x, 0x0fffU);
2810 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
2811 return (utils::has_overflow<12>(x)
2812 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2813 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
2816 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
2817 static inline typename This::Status
2818 abs16(unsigned char *view,
2819 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2820 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
2822 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
2823 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
2824 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
2825 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
2826 Reltype addend = utils::sign_extend<16>(val);
2827 Reltype x = psymval->value(object, addend);
2828 val = utils::bit_select(val, x, 0xffffU);
2829 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
2830 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow<16>(x)
2831 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2832 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
2835 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
2836 static inline typename This::Status
2837 abs32(unsigned char *view,
2838 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2839 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
2840 Arm_address thumb_bit)
2842 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
2843 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
2844 Valtype addend = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
2845 Valtype x = psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit;
2846 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x);
2847 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
2850 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
2851 static inline typename This::Status
2852 rel32(unsigned char *view,
2853 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2854 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
2855 Arm_address address,
2856 Arm_address thumb_bit)
2858 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
2859 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
2860 Valtype addend = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
2861 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address;
2862 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x);
2863 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
2866 // R_ARM_THM_CALL: (S + A) | T - P
2867 static inline typename This::Status
2868 thm_call(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo, unsigned char *view,
2869 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym, const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
2870 unsigned int r_sym, const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
2871 Arm_address address, Arm_address thumb_bit,
2872 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
2874 return thumb_branch_common(elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL, relinfo, view, gsym,
2875 object, r_sym, psymval, address, thumb_bit,
2876 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
2879 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
2880 static inline typename This::Status
2881 thm_jump24(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo, unsigned char *view,
2882 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym, const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
2883 unsigned int r_sym, const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
2884 Arm_address address, Arm_address thumb_bit,
2885 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
2887 return thumb_branch_common(elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24, relinfo, view, gsym,
2888 object, r_sym, psymval, address, thumb_bit,
2889 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
2892 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
2893 static typename This::Status
2894 thm_jump19(unsigned char *view, const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
2895 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval, Arm_address address,
2896 Arm_address thumb_bit);
2898 // R_ARM_THM_XPC22: (S + A) | T - P
2899 static inline typename This::Status
2900 thm_xpc22(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo, unsigned char *view,
2901 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym, const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
2902 unsigned int r_sym, const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
2903 Arm_address address, Arm_address thumb_bit,
2904 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
2906 return thumb_branch_common(elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22, relinfo, view, gsym,
2907 object, r_sym, psymval, address, thumb_bit,
2908 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
2911 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
2912 static inline typename This::Status
2913 thm_jump6(unsigned char *view,
2914 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2915 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
2916 Arm_address address)
2918 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
2919 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
2920 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
2921 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
2922 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
2923 Reltype addend = (((val & 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val & 0x00f8) >> 2));
2924 Reltype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
2925 val = (val & 0xfd07) | ((x & 0x0040) << 3) | ((val & 0x003e) << 2);
2926 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
2927 // CZB does only forward jumps.
2928 return ((x > 0x007e)
2929 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2930 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
2933 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
2934 static inline typename This::Status
2935 thm_jump8(unsigned char *view,
2936 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2937 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
2938 Arm_address address)
2940 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
2941 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
2942 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
2943 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
2944 Reltype addend = utils::sign_extend<8>((val & 0x00ff) << 1);
2945 Reltype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
2946 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, (val & 0xff00) | ((x & 0x01fe) >> 1));
2947 return (utils::has_overflow<8>(x)
2948 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2949 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
2952 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
2953 static inline typename This::Status
2954 thm_jump11(unsigned char *view,
2955 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
2956 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
2957 Arm_address address)
2959 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
2960 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
2961 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
2962 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
2963 Reltype addend = utils::sign_extend<11>((val & 0x07ff) << 1);
2964 Reltype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
2965 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, (val & 0xf800) | ((x & 0x0ffe) >> 1));
2966 return (utils::has_overflow<11>(x)
2967 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2968 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
2971 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
2972 static inline typename This::Status
2973 base_prel(unsigned char* view,
2975 Arm_address address)
2977 Base::rel32(view, origin - address);
2981 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
2982 static inline typename This::Status
2983 base_abs(unsigned char* view,
2986 Base::rel32(view, origin);
2990 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
2991 static inline typename This::Status
2992 got_brel(unsigned char* view,
2993 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype got_offset)
2995 Base::rel32(view, got_offset);
2996 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
2999 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3000 static inline typename This::Status
3001 got_prel(unsigned char *view,
3002 Arm_address got_entry,
3003 Arm_address address)
3005 Base::rel32(view, got_entry - address);
3006 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3009 // R_ARM_PLT32: (S + A) | T - P
3010 static inline typename This::Status
3011 plt32(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3012 unsigned char *view,
3013 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
3014 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3016 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3017 Arm_address address,
3018 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3019 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3021 return arm_branch_common(elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32, relinfo, view, gsym,
3022 object, r_sym, psymval, address, thumb_bit,
3023 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
3026 // R_ARM_XPC25: (S + A) | T - P
3027 static inline typename This::Status
3028 xpc25(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3029 unsigned char *view,
3030 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
3031 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3033 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3034 Arm_address address,
3035 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3036 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3038 return arm_branch_common(elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25, relinfo, view, gsym,
3039 object, r_sym, psymval, address, thumb_bit,
3040 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
3043 // R_ARM_CALL: (S + A) | T - P
3044 static inline typename This::Status
3045 call(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3046 unsigned char *view,
3047 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
3048 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3050 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3051 Arm_address address,
3052 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3053 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3055 return arm_branch_common(elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL, relinfo, view, gsym,
3056 object, r_sym, psymval, address, thumb_bit,
3057 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
3060 // R_ARM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3061 static inline typename This::Status
3062 jump24(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3063 unsigned char *view,
3064 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
3065 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3067 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3068 Arm_address address,
3069 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3070 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3072 return arm_branch_common(elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24, relinfo, view, gsym,
3073 object, r_sym, psymval, address, thumb_bit,
3074 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
3077 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3078 static inline typename This::Status
3079 prel31(unsigned char *view,
3080 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3081 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3082 Arm_address address,
3083 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3085 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3086 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3087 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3088 Valtype addend = utils::sign_extend<31>(val);
3089 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address;
3090 val = utils::bit_select(val, x, 0x7fffffffU);
3091 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3092 return (utils::has_overflow<31>(x) ?
3093 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3096 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T
3097 static inline typename This::Status
3098 movw_abs_nc(unsigned char *view,
3099 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3100 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3101 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3103 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3104 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3105 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3106 Valtype addend = This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val);
3107 Valtype x = psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit;
3108 val = This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val, x);
3109 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3110 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3113 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A
3114 static inline typename This::Status
3115 movt_abs(unsigned char *view,
3116 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3117 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
3119 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3120 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3121 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3122 Valtype addend = This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val);
3123 Valtype x = psymval->value(object, addend) >> 16;
3124 val = This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val, x);
3125 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3126 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3129 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T
3130 static inline typename This::Status
3131 thm_movw_abs_nc(unsigned char *view,
3132 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3133 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3134 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3136 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3137 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3138 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3139 Reltype val = ((elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3140 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1));
3141 Reltype addend = extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val);
3142 Reltype x = psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit;
3143 val = This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val, x);
3144 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val >> 16);
3145 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, val & 0xffff);
3146 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3149 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A
3150 static inline typename This::Status
3151 thm_movt_abs(unsigned char *view,
3152 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3153 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
3155 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3156 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3157 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3158 Reltype val = ((elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3159 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1));
3160 Reltype addend = This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val);
3161 Reltype x = psymval->value(object, addend) >> 16;
3162 val = This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val, x);
3163 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val >> 16);
3164 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, val & 0xffff);
3165 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3168 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3169 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) – B(S)
3170 static inline typename This::Status
3171 movw_rel_nc(unsigned char* view,
3172 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3173 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3174 Arm_address address,
3175 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3177 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3178 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3179 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3180 Valtype addend = This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val);
3181 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address;
3182 val = This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val, x);
3183 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3184 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3187 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) – B(S)
3188 static inline typename This::Status
3189 movw_rel(unsigned char* view,
3190 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3191 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3192 Arm_address address,
3193 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3195 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3196 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3197 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3198 Valtype addend = This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val);
3199 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address;
3200 val = This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val, x);
3201 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3202 return ((x >= 0x10000) ?
3203 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3206 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3207 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A – B(S)
3208 static inline typename This::Status
3209 movt_rel(unsigned char* view,
3210 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3211 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3212 Arm_address address)
3214 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3215 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3216 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3217 Valtype addend = This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val);
3218 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address) >> 16;
3219 val = This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val, x);
3220 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3221 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3224 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3225 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) – B(S)
3226 static inline typename This::Status
3227 thm_movw_rel_nc(unsigned char *view,
3228 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3229 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3230 Arm_address address,
3231 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3233 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3234 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3235 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3236 Reltype val = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3237 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3238 Reltype addend = This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val);
3239 Reltype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address;
3240 val = This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val, x);
3241 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val >> 16);
3242 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, val & 0xffff);
3243 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3246 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) – B(S)
3247 static inline typename This::Status
3248 thm_movw_rel(unsigned char *view,
3249 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3250 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3251 Arm_address address,
3252 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3254 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3255 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3256 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3257 Reltype val = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3258 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3259 Reltype addend = This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val);
3260 Reltype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address;
3261 val = This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val, x);
3262 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val >> 16);
3263 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, val & 0xffff);
3264 return ((x >= 0x10000) ?
3265 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3268 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3269 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A – B(S)
3270 static inline typename This::Status
3271 thm_movt_rel(unsigned char* view,
3272 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3273 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3274 Arm_address address)
3276 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3277 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3278 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3279 Reltype val = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3280 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3281 Reltype addend = This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val);
3282 Reltype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address) >> 16;
3283 val = This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val, x);
3284 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val >> 16);
3285 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, val & 0xffff);
3286 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3290 static inline typename This::Status
3291 v4bx(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3292 unsigned char *view,
3293 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3294 const Arm_address address,
3295 const bool is_interworking)
3298 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3299 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3300 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3302 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3303 gold_assert((val & 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3304 const uint32_t reg = (val & 0xf);
3305 if (is_interworking && reg != 0xf)
3307 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
3308 object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
3309 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
3311 Arm_v4bx_stub* stub = stub_table->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg);
3312 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
3314 int32_t veneer_address =
3315 stub_table->address() + stub->offset() - 8 - address;
3316 gold_assert((veneer_address <= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
3317 && (veneer_address >= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET));
3318 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3319 val = (val & 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3320 | ((veneer_address >> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3324 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3325 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3326 val = (val & 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3328 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3329 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3332 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3333 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3334 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3335 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3336 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3337 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3338 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3339 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3340 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3341 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3342 static inline typename This::Status
3343 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view,
3344 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3345 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3347 Arm_address address,
3348 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3349 bool check_overflow)
3351 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3352 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3353 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3355 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3356 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3357 const Valtype opcode = insn & 0x01e00000;
3358 if (opcode != 0x00800000 && opcode != 0x00400000)
3359 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3361 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3362 const int sign = (opcode == 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3363 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3364 const uint32_t shifter = (insn & 0xf00) >> 7;
3365 // Initial addend value.
3366 int32_t addend = insn & 0xff;
3367 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3368 addend = (addend >> shifter) | (addend << (32 - shifter));
3369 // Apply a sign to the added.
3372 int32_t x = ((psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address);
3373 Valtype gn = Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x), group);
3374 // Check for overflow if required
3376 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group) != 0))
3377 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3379 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3380 // not to destroy the S bit.
3382 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3383 // place is negative.
3384 insn |= ((x < 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3385 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3388 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3389 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3392 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3393 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3394 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3395 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3396 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3397 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3398 static inline typename This::Status
3399 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view,
3400 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3401 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3403 Arm_address address)
3405 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3406 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3407 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3409 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3410 int32_t addend = (insn & 0xfff) * sign;
3411 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3412 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3414 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group - 1);
3415 if (residual >= 0x1000)
3416 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3418 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3420 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3425 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3426 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3429 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3430 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3431 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3432 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3433 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3434 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3435 static inline typename This::Status
3436 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view,
3437 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3438 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3440 Arm_address address)
3442 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3443 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3444 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3446 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3447 int32_t addend = (((insn & 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn & 0xf)) * sign;
3448 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3449 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3451 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group - 1);
3452 if (residual >= 0x100)
3453 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3455 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3457 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3460 insn |= ((residual & 0xf0) << 4) | (residual & 0xf);
3462 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3463 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3466 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3467 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3468 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3469 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3470 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3471 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3472 static inline typename This::Status
3473 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view,
3474 const Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
3475 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3477 Arm_address address)
3479 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3480 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3481 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3483 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3484 int32_t addend = ((insn & 0xff) << 2) * sign;
3485 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3486 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3488 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group - 1);
3489 if ((residual & 0x3) != 0 || residual >= 0x400)
3490 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3492 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3494 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3497 insn |= (residual >> 2);
3499 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3500 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3504 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3505 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3506 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3507 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3508 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3510 template<bool big_endian>
3511 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
3512 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::arm_branch_common(
3513 unsigned int r_type,
3514 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3515 unsigned char *view,
3516 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
3517 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3519 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3520 Arm_address address,
3521 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3522 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3524 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3525 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3526 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3528 bool insn_is_b = (((val >> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3529 && ((val & 0x0f000000UL) == 0x0a000000UL);
3530 bool insn_is_uncond_bl = (val & 0xff000000UL) == 0xeb000000UL;
3531 bool insn_is_cond_bl = (((val >> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3532 && ((val & 0x0f000000UL) == 0x0b000000UL);
3533 bool insn_is_blx = (val & 0xfe000000UL) == 0xfa000000UL;
3534 bool insn_is_any_branch = (val & 0x0e000000UL) == 0x0a000000UL;
3536 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3537 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL)
3539 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl && !insn_is_blx)
3540 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3542 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
3544 if (!insn_is_b && !insn_is_cond_bl)
3545 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3547 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32)
3549 if (!insn_is_any_branch)
3550 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3552 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25)
3554 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3555 // than it being obsolete.
3556 if (!insn_is_any_branch)
3557 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3562 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3563 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3564 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3565 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3566 // on the architecture.
3567 const Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
3568 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
3569 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3571 Valtype cond = val & 0xf0000000U;
3572 if (arm_target->may_use_arm_nop())
3573 val = cond | 0x0320f000;
3575 val = cond | 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3576 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3577 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3580 Valtype addend = utils::sign_extend<26>(val << 2);
3581 Valtype branch_target = psymval->value(object, addend);
3582 int32_t branch_offset = branch_target - address;
3584 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3586 bool may_use_blx = arm_target->may_use_blx();
3587 Reloc_stub* stub = NULL;
3588 if ((branch_offset > ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
3589 || (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
3590 || ((thumb_bit != 0) && !(may_use_blx && r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL)))
3592 Stub_type stub_type =
3593 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type, address, branch_target,
3595 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
3597 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
3598 object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
3599 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
3601 Reloc_stub::Key stub_key(stub_type, gsym, object, r_sym, addend);
3602 stub = stub_table->find_reloc_stub(stub_key);
3603 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
3604 thumb_bit = stub->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3605 branch_target = stub_table->address() + stub->offset() + addend;
3606 branch_offset = branch_target - address;
3607 gold_assert((branch_offset <= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
3608 && (branch_offset >= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET));
3612 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3613 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3617 gold_assert(may_use_blx && r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL);
3618 val = (val & 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset & 2) << 23);
3621 val = utils::bit_select(val, (branch_offset >> 2), 0xffffffUL);
3622 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3623 return (utils::has_overflow<26>(branch_offset)
3624 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3627 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3628 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3629 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3630 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3631 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3633 template<bool big_endian>
3634 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
3635 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thumb_branch_common(
3636 unsigned int r_type,
3637 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3638 unsigned char *view,
3639 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
3640 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3642 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3643 Arm_address address,
3644 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3645 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3647 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3648 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3649 uint32_t upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3650 uint32_t lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3652 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
3654 bool is_bl_insn = (lower_insn & 0x1000U) == 0x1000U;
3655 bool is_blx_insn = (lower_insn & 0x1000U) == 0x0000U;
3657 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3658 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL)
3660 if (!is_bl_insn && !is_blx_insn)
3661 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3663 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
3665 // This cannot be a BLX.
3667 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3669 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
3671 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
3673 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3676 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
3677 "thumb function '%s'."),
3678 object->name().c_str(),
3679 (gsym ? gsym->name() : "(local)"));
3680 // Convert BLX to BL.
3681 lower_insn |= 0x1000U;
3687 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3688 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3689 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
3690 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
3691 const Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
3692 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
3693 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3695 if (arm_target->may_use_thumb2_nop())
3697 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, 0xf3af);
3698 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, 0x8000);
3702 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, 0xe000);
3703 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, 0xbf00);
3705 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3708 int32_t addend = This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
3709 Arm_address branch_target = psymval->value(object, addend);
3710 int32_t branch_offset = branch_target - address;
3712 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3714 bool may_use_blx = arm_target->may_use_blx();
3715 bool thumb2 = arm_target->using_thumb2();
3717 && (branch_offset > THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
3718 || (branch_offset < THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
3720 && (branch_offset > THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
3721 || (branch_offset < THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
3722 || ((thumb_bit == 0)
3723 && (((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL) && !may_use_blx)
3724 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)))
3726 Stub_type stub_type =
3727 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type, address, branch_target,
3729 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
3731 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
3732 object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
3733 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
3735 Reloc_stub::Key stub_key(stub_type, gsym, object, r_sym, addend);
3736 Reloc_stub* stub = stub_table->find_reloc_stub(stub_key);
3737 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
3738 thumb_bit = stub->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3739 branch_target = stub_table->address() + stub->offset() + addend;
3740 branch_offset = branch_target - address;
3744 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3745 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3748 gold_assert(may_use_blx
3749 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
3750 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22));
3751 // Make sure this is a BLX.
3752 lower_insn &= ~0x1000U;
3756 // Make sure this is a BL.
3757 lower_insn |= 0x1000U;
3760 if ((lower_insn & 0x5000U) == 0x4000U)
3761 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
3762 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
3763 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
3764 // 1 of the base address.
3765 branch_offset = (branch_offset + 2) & ~3;
3767 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
3768 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
3769 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
3770 upper_insn = This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn, branch_offset);
3771 lower_insn = This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn, branch_offset);
3773 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, upper_insn);
3774 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, lower_insn);
3777 ? utils::has_overflow<25>(branch_offset)
3778 : utils::has_overflow<23>(branch_offset))
3779 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3780 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3783 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
3784 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3785 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3786 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3788 template<bool big_endian>
3789 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
3790 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump19(
3791 unsigned char *view,
3792 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3793 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3794 Arm_address address,
3795 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3797 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3798 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3799 uint32_t upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3800 uint32_t lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3801 int32_t addend = This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
3803 Arm_address branch_target = psymval->value(object, addend);
3804 int32_t branch_offset = branch_target - address;
3806 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
3807 // use this for tail calls.
3808 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
3811 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
3812 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3815 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
3816 upper_insn = This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn, branch_offset);
3817 lower_insn = This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn, branch_offset);
3819 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
3820 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, upper_insn);
3821 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, lower_insn);
3823 return (utils::has_overflow<21>(branch_offset)
3824 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3825 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3828 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
3830 template<bool big_endian>
3831 Output_data_got<32, big_endian>*
3832 Target_arm<big_endian>::got_section(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout)
3834 if (this->got_ == NULL)
3836 gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL);
3838 this->got_ = new Output_data_got<32, big_endian>();
3841 os = layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
3843 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
3844 this->got_, false, true, true,
3847 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
3848 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
3849 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
3851 this->got_plt_ = new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
3852 os = layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
3854 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
3855 this->got_plt_, false, false,
3858 // The first three entries are reserved.
3859 this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
3861 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
3862 symtab->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL,
3863 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
3865 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
3867 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
3873 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
3875 template<bool big_endian>
3876 typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Reloc_section*
3877 Target_arm<big_endian>::rel_dyn_section(Layout* layout)
3879 if (this->rel_dyn_ == NULL)
3881 gold_assert(layout != NULL);
3882 this->rel_dyn_ = new Reloc_section(parameters->options().combreloc());
3883 layout->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL,
3884 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_dyn_, true,
3885 false, false, false);
3887 return this->rel_dyn_;
3890 // Insn_template methods.
3892 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
3895 Insn_template::size() const
3897 switch (this->type())
3900 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
3911 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
3914 Insn_template::alignment() const
3916 switch (this->type())
3919 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
3930 // Stub_template methods.
3932 Stub_template::Stub_template(
3933 Stub_type type, const Insn_template* insns,
3935 : type_(type), insns_(insns), insn_count_(insn_count), alignment_(1),
3936 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
3940 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
3941 for (size_t i = 0; i < insn_count; i++)
3943 unsigned insn_alignment = insns[i].alignment();
3944 size_t insn_size = insns[i].size();
3945 gold_assert((offset & (insn_alignment - 1)) == 0);
3946 this->alignment_ = std::max(this->alignment_, insn_alignment);
3947 switch (insns[i].type())
3949 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE:
3950 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
3952 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_ = true;
3955 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE:
3956 if (insns[i].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE)
3957 this->relocs_.push_back(Reloc(i, offset));
3959 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_ = true;
3962 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE:
3963 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
3965 if (insns[i].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
3966 this->relocs_.push_back(Reloc(i, offset));
3969 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE:
3970 // Entry point cannot be data.
3971 gold_assert(i != 0);
3972 this->relocs_.push_back(Reloc(i, offset));
3978 offset += insn_size;
3980 this->size_ = offset;
3985 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianity.
3987 template<bool big_endian>
3989 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size)
3991 const Stub_template* stub_template = this->stub_template();
3992 const Insn_template* insns = stub_template->insns();
3994 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
3995 unsigned char* pov = view;
3996 for (size_t i = 0; i < stub_template->insn_count(); i++)
3998 switch (insns[i].type())
4000 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE:
4001 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, insns[i].data() & 0xffff);
4003 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
4004 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(
4006 this->thumb16_special(i));
4008 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE:
4010 uint32_t hi = (insns[i].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4011 uint32_t lo = insns[i].data() & 0xffff;
4012 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, hi);
4013 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lo);
4016 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE:
4017 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE:
4018 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, insns[i].data());
4023 pov += insns[i].size();
4025 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - view) == view_size);
4028 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4030 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4033 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4035 if (this->r_sym_ == invalid_index)
4037 // Global symbol key name
4038 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4039 const std::string sym_name = this->u_.symbol->name();
4040 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4041 // to the symbol name size.
4042 size_t len = sym_name.size() + 100;
4043 char* buffer = new char[len];
4044 int c = snprintf(buffer, len, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_,
4045 sym_name.c_str(), this->addend_);
4046 gold_assert(c > 0 && c < static_cast<int>(len));
4048 return std::string(buffer);
4052 // local symbol key name
4053 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4054 const size_t len = 200;
4056 int c = snprintf(buffer, len, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_,
4057 this->u_.relobj, this->r_sym_, this->addend_);
4058 gold_assert(c > 0 && c < static_cast<int>(len));
4059 return std::string(buffer);
4063 // Reloc_stub methods.
4065 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4066 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4067 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4068 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a liitle to keep the Stub
4072 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4073 unsigned int r_type,
4074 Arm_address location,
4075 Arm_address destination,
4076 bool target_is_thumb)
4078 Stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
4080 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4081 // big and little endianities.
4083 bool should_force_pic_veneer;
4086 if (parameters->target().is_big_endian())
4088 const Target_arm<true>* big_endian_target =
4089 Target_arm<true>::default_target();
4090 may_use_blx = big_endian_target->may_use_blx();
4091 should_force_pic_veneer = big_endian_target->should_force_pic_veneer();
4092 thumb2 = big_endian_target->using_thumb2();
4093 thumb_only = big_endian_target->using_thumb_only();
4097 const Target_arm<false>* little_endian_target =
4098 Target_arm<false>::default_target();
4099 may_use_blx = little_endian_target->may_use_blx();
4100 should_force_pic_veneer = little_endian_target->should_force_pic_veneer();
4101 thumb2 = little_endian_target->using_thumb2();
4102 thumb_only = little_endian_target->using_thumb_only();
4105 int64_t branch_offset = (int64_t)destination - location;
4107 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
4109 // Handle cases where:
4110 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4112 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4113 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4115 && (branch_offset > THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4116 || (branch_offset < THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
4118 && (branch_offset > THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4119 || (branch_offset < THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
4120 || ((!target_is_thumb)
4121 && (((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL) && !may_use_blx)
4122 || (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24))))
4124 if (target_is_thumb)
4129 stub_type = (parameters->options().shared()
4130 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4133 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4134 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4135 // we must be able to switch mode before
4136 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4137 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4138 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4139 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4140 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic)
4144 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4145 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any // V5T and above.
4146 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb); // V4T.
4150 stub_type = (parameters->options().shared()
4151 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4152 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic // PIC stub.
4153 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only; // non-PIC stub.
4160 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4161 // object that has interwork enabled.
4163 stub_type = (parameters->options().shared()
4164 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4167 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4168 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic // V5T and above.
4169 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) // V4T.
4173 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4174 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any // V5T and above.
4175 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm); // V4T.
4177 // Handle v4t short branches.
4178 if ((stub_type == arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm)
4179 && (branch_offset <= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
4180 && (branch_offset >= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET))
4181 stub_type = arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm;
4185 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4186 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4187 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32)
4189 if (target_is_thumb)
4193 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4194 // object that has interwork enabled.
4196 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4197 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4198 if (branch_offset > (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET + 2)
4199 || (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
4200 || ((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL) && !may_use_blx)
4201 || (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
4202 || (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32))
4204 stub_type = (parameters->options().shared()
4205 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4208 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic// V5T and above.
4209 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) // V4T stub.
4213 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any // V5T and above.
4214 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb); // V4T.
4220 if (branch_offset > ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4221 || (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET))
4223 stub_type = (parameters->options().shared()
4224 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4225 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic // PIC stubs.
4226 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any; /// non-PIC.
4234 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4236 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4237 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4240 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i)
4242 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4243 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4245 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4247 uint16_t data = this->stub_template()->insns()[i].data();
4248 gold_assert((data & 0xff00U) == 0xd000U);
4249 data |= ((this->original_insn_ >> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4253 // Stub_factory methods.
4255 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4257 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4258 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4260 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4261 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4262 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any[] =
4264 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4265 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4266 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4269 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4271 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb[] =
4273 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4274 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4275 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4276 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4279 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4280 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only[] =
4282 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4283 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4284 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4285 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4286 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4287 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4288 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4289 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4292 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4294 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb[] =
4296 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4297 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4298 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4299 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4300 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4301 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4304 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4306 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm[] =
4308 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4309 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4310 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4311 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4312 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4315 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4316 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4317 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm[] =
4319 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4320 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4321 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4324 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4325 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4326 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic[] =
4328 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4329 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4330 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, -4),
4331 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4334 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4335 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4336 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4338 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic[] =
4340 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4341 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4342 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4343 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 0),
4344 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4347 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4348 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic[] =
4350 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4351 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4352 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4353 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 0),
4354 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4357 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4358 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic[] =
4360 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4361 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4362 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4363 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4364 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, -4),
4365 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4368 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4370 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic[] =
4372 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4373 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4374 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4375 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4376 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4377 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4378 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 4),
4379 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4382 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4384 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic[] =
4386 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4387 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4388 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4389 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4390 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4391 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 0),
4392 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4395 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4397 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4398 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4405 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond[] =
4407 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4408 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4409 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4413 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4415 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b[] =
4417 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4420 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl[] =
4422 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4425 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4426 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4427 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4428 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx[] =
4430 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4433 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4434 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4435 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx[] =
4437 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4438 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4439 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4442 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4443 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4444 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4446 this->stub_templates_[arm_stub_none] =
4447 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none, NULL, 0);
4449 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4453 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4454 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4455 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4456 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4464 // Stub_table methods.
4466 // Removel all Cortex-A8 stub.
4468 template<bool big_endian>
4470 Stub_table<big_endian>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4472 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4473 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4476 this->cortex_a8_stubs_.clear();
4479 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4481 template<bool big_endian>
4483 Stub_table<big_endian>::relocate_stub(
4485 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
4486 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
4487 Output_section* output_section,
4488 unsigned char* view,
4489 Arm_address address,
4490 section_size_type view_size)
4492 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
4493 if (stub_template->reloc_count() != 0)
4495 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4496 section_size_type offset = stub->offset();
4497 section_size_type stub_size = stub_template->size();
4498 gold_assert(offset + stub_size <= view_size);
4500 arm_target->relocate_stub(stub, relinfo, output_section, view + offset,
4501 address + offset, stub_size);
4505 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4507 template<bool big_endian>
4509 Stub_table<big_endian>::relocate_stubs(
4510 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
4511 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
4512 Output_section* output_section,
4513 unsigned char* view,
4514 Arm_address address,
4515 section_size_type view_size)
4517 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4519 gold_assert(address == this->address()
4521 == static_cast<section_size_type>(this->data_size())));
4523 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4524 for (typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.begin();
4525 p != this->reloc_stubs_.end();
4527 this->relocate_stub(p->second, relinfo, arm_target, output_section, view,
4528 address, view_size);
4530 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4531 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4532 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4534 this->relocate_stub(p->second, relinfo, arm_target, output_section, view,
4535 address, view_size);
4537 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4538 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
4539 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
4543 this->relocate_stub(*p, relinfo, arm_target, output_section, view,
4544 address, view_size);
4548 // Write out the stubs to file.
4550 template<bool big_endian>
4552 Stub_table<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
4554 off_t offset = this->offset();
4555 const section_size_type oview_size =
4556 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4557 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
4559 // Write relocation stubs.
4560 for (typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.begin();
4561 p != this->reloc_stubs_.end();
4564 Reloc_stub* stub = p->second;
4565 Arm_address address = this->address() + stub->offset();
4567 == align_address(address,
4568 stub->stub_template()->alignment()));
4569 stub->write(oview + stub->offset(), stub->stub_template()->size(),
4573 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4574 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4575 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4578 Cortex_a8_stub* stub = p->second;
4579 Arm_address address = this->address() + stub->offset();
4581 == align_address(address,
4582 stub->stub_template()->alignment()));
4583 stub->write(oview + stub->offset(), stub->stub_template()->size(),
4587 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4588 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
4589 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
4595 Arm_address address = this->address() + (*p)->offset();
4597 == align_address(address,
4598 (*p)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4599 (*p)->write(oview + (*p)->offset(), (*p)->stub_template()->size(),
4603 of->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size, oview);
4606 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4607 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4608 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4610 template<bool big_endian>
4612 Stub_table<big_endian>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4615 unsigned addralign = 1;
4617 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4619 for (typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.begin();
4620 p != this->reloc_stubs_.end();
4623 const Stub_template* stub_template = p->second->stub_template();
4624 addralign = std::max(addralign, stub_template->alignment());
4625 size = (align_address(size, stub_template->alignment())
4626 + stub_template->size());
4629 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4630 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4633 const Stub_template* stub_template = p->second->stub_template();
4634 addralign = std::max(addralign, stub_template->alignment());
4635 size = (align_address(size, stub_template->alignment())
4636 + stub_template->size());
4639 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
4640 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
4646 const Stub_template* stub_template = (*p)->stub_template();
4647 addralign = std::max(addralign, stub_template->alignment());
4648 size = (align_address(size, stub_template->alignment())
4649 + stub_template->size());
4652 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
4653 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
4654 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
4655 bool changed = size != this->prev_data_size_;
4656 this->prev_data_size_ = size;
4658 if (addralign != this->prev_addralign_)
4660 this->prev_addralign_ = addralign;
4665 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
4666 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
4668 template<bool big_endian>
4670 Stub_table<big_endian>::finalize_stubs()
4673 for (typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.begin();
4674 p != this->reloc_stubs_.end();
4677 Reloc_stub* stub = p->second;
4678 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
4679 uint64_t stub_addralign = stub_template->alignment();
4680 off = align_address(off, stub_addralign);
4681 stub->set_offset(off);
4682 off += stub_template->size();
4685 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4686 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4689 Cortex_a8_stub* stub = p->second;
4690 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
4691 uint64_t stub_addralign = stub_template->alignment();
4692 off = align_address(off, stub_addralign);
4693 stub->set_offset(off);
4694 off += stub_template->size();
4696 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
4697 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
4698 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
4699 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(stub->relobj());
4700 arm_relobj->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub->shndx());
4703 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
4704 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
4710 const Stub_template* stub_template = (*p)->stub_template();
4711 uint64_t stub_addralign = stub_template->alignment();
4712 off = align_address(off, stub_addralign);
4713 (*p)->set_offset(off);
4714 off += stub_template->size();
4717 gold_assert(off <= this->prev_data_size_);
4720 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
4721 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
4722 // of the address range seen by the linker.
4724 template<bool big_endian>
4726 Stub_table<big_endian>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
4727 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
4728 unsigned char* view,
4729 Arm_address view_address,
4730 section_size_type view_size)
4732 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
4733 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p =
4734 this->cortex_a8_stubs_.lower_bound(view_address);
4735 ((p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end())
4736 && (p->first < (view_address + view_size)));
4739 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
4740 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
4741 Arm_address branch_address = p->first;
4742 const Cortex_a8_stub* stub = p->second;
4743 Arm_address stub_address = this->address() + stub->offset();
4745 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
4746 section_size_type offset =
4747 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address - view_address);
4748 gold_assert((offset + 4) <= view_size);
4750 arm_target->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub, stub_address,
4751 view + offset, branch_address);
4755 // Arm_input_section methods.
4757 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
4759 template<bool big_endian>
4761 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::init()
4763 Relobj* relobj = this->relobj();
4764 unsigned int shndx = this->shndx();
4766 // Cache these to speed up size and alignment queries. It is too slow
4767 // to call section_addraglin and section_size every time.
4768 this->original_addralign_ = relobj->section_addralign(shndx);
4769 this->original_size_ = relobj->section_size(shndx);
4771 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
4772 // output sections are finalized.
4773 Output_section* os = relobj->output_section(shndx);
4774 off_t offset = relobj->output_section_offset(shndx);
4775 gold_assert(os != NULL && !relobj->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx));
4776 this->set_address(os->address() + offset);
4777 this->set_file_offset(os->offset() + offset);
4779 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_);
4780 this->finalize_data_size();
4783 template<bool big_endian>
4785 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
4787 // We have to write out the original section content.
4788 section_size_type section_size;
4789 const unsigned char* section_contents =
4790 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size, false);
4791 of->write(this->offset(), section_contents, section_size);
4793 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
4794 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_->empty())
4795 this->stub_table_->write(of);
4798 // Finalize data size.
4800 template<bool big_endian>
4802 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::set_final_data_size()
4804 // If this owns a stub table, finalize its data size as well.
4805 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4807 uint64_t address = this->address();
4809 // The stub table comes after the original section contents.
4810 address += this->original_size_;
4811 address = align_address(address, this->stub_table_->addralign());
4812 off_t offset = this->offset() + (address - this->address());
4813 this->stub_table_->set_address_and_file_offset(address, offset);
4814 address += this->stub_table_->data_size();
4815 gold_assert(address == this->address() + this->current_data_size());
4818 this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size());
4821 // Reset address and file offset.
4823 template<bool big_endian>
4825 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
4827 // Size of the original input section contents.
4828 off_t off = convert_types<off_t, uint64_t>(this->original_size_);
4830 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
4831 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4833 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table = this->stub_table_;
4835 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
4836 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
4837 stub_table_->reset_address_and_file_offset();
4838 off = align_address(off, stub_table_->addralign());
4839 off += stub_table->current_data_size();
4842 this->set_current_data_size(off);
4845 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
4847 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianity.
4849 template<bool big_endian>
4851 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file* of)
4853 off_t offset = this->offset();
4854 const section_size_type oview_size = 8;
4855 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
4857 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
4858 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(oview);
4860 Output_section* os = this->relobj_->output_section(this->shndx_);
4861 gold_assert(os != NULL);
4863 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
4864 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_);
4865 Arm_address output_offset =
4866 arm_relobj->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_);
4867 Arm_address section_start;
4868 if(output_offset != Arm_relobj<big_endian>::invalid_address)
4869 section_start = os->address() + output_offset;
4872 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
4873 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
4874 os->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_, this->shndx_);
4875 gold_assert(poris != NULL);
4876 section_start = poris->address();
4879 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
4880 Arm_address output_address =
4881 section_start + this->relobj_->section_size(this->shndx_);
4883 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
4884 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
4885 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
4886 uint32_t prel31_offset = output_address - this->address();
4887 if (utils::has_overflow<31>(offset))
4888 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
4889 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, prel31_offset & 0x7fffffffU);
4890 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND);
4892 of->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size, oview);
4895 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
4897 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
4898 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
4899 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
4900 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
4901 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
4903 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
4904 const Arm_exidx_input_section& exidx_input_section,
4905 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map& section_offset_map,
4906 uint32_t deleted_bytes)
4907 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section.relobj(),
4908 exidx_input_section.shndx(),
4909 exidx_input_section.addralign()),
4910 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section),
4911 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map)
4913 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
4914 this->set_data_size(exidx_input_section.size() - deleted_bytes);
4915 this->fix_data_size();
4918 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
4919 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
4920 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
4921 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
4922 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
4923 // this input offset is being discarded.
4926 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
4927 const Relobj* relobj,
4929 section_offset_type offset,
4930 section_offset_type* poutput) const
4932 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
4933 if (relobj != this->exidx_input_section_.relobj()
4934 || shndx != this->exidx_input_section_.shndx())
4937 section_offset_type section_size =
4938 convert_types<section_offset_type>(this->exidx_input_section_.size());
4939 if (offset < 0 || offset >= section_size)
4940 // Input offset is out of valid range.
4944 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
4945 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
4946 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
4947 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p =
4948 this->section_offset_map_.lower_bound(offset);
4950 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
4951 // input offset is in the valid range.
4952 gold_assert(p != this->section_offset_map_.end());
4954 // We need to check if this is dropped.
4955 section_offset_type ref = p->first;
4956 section_offset_type mapped_ref = p->second;
4958 if (mapped_ref != Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset)
4959 // Offset is present in output.
4960 *poutput = mapped_ref + (offset - ref);
4962 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
4969 // Write this to output file OF.
4972 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file* of)
4974 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
4976 gold_assert(this->data_size() != this->exidx_input_section_.size()
4977 && this->data_size() != 0);
4979 off_t offset = this->offset();
4980 const section_size_type oview_size = this->data_size();
4981 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
4983 Output_section* os = this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
4984 gold_assert(os != NULL);
4986 // Get contents of EXIDX input section.
4987 section_size_type section_size;
4988 const unsigned char* section_contents =
4989 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size, false);
4990 gold_assert(section_size == this->exidx_input_section_.size());
4992 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
4994 section_offset_type in_start = 0;
4995 section_offset_type out_start = 0;
4996 for(Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p =
4997 this->section_offset_map_.begin();
4998 p != this->section_offset_map_.end();
5001 section_offset_type in_end = p->first;
5002 gold_assert(in_end >= in_start);
5003 section_offset_type out_end = p->second;
5004 size_t in_chunk_size = convert_types<size_t>(in_end - in_start + 1);
5007 size_t out_chunk_size =
5008 convert_types<size_t>(out_end - out_start + 1);
5009 gold_assert(out_chunk_size == in_chunk_size);
5010 memcpy(oview + out_start, section_contents + in_start,
5012 out_start += out_chunk_size;
5014 in_start += in_chunk_size;
5017 gold_assert(convert_to_section_size_type(out_start) == oview_size);
5018 of->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size, oview);
5021 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5023 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5024 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5025 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5028 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5030 if (this->last_unwind_type_ != UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5031 && this->last_input_section_ != NULL)
5033 Relobj* relobj = this->last_input_section_->relobj();
5034 unsigned int text_shndx = this->last_input_section_->link();
5035 Arm_exidx_cantunwind* cantunwind =
5036 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj, text_shndx);
5037 this->exidx_output_section_->add_output_section_data(cantunwind);
5038 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND;
5042 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5043 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5047 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word)
5050 if (second_word == elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND)
5052 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5053 delete_entry = this->last_unwind_type_ == UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND;
5054 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND;
5056 else if ((second_word & 0x80000000) != 0)
5058 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5059 delete_entry = (this->last_unwind_type_ == UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5060 && this->last_inlined_entry_ == second_word);
5061 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_INLINED_ENTRY;
5062 this->last_inlined_entry_ = second_word;
5066 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5067 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5068 delete_entry = false;
5069 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_NORMAL_ENTRY;
5071 return delete_entry;
5074 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5075 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5076 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5077 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5078 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5081 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5082 section_offset_type input_offset,
5083 section_size_type deleted_bytes,
5086 if (this->section_offset_map_ == NULL)
5087 this->section_offset_map_ = new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5088 section_offset_type output_offset = (delete_entry
5090 : input_offset - deleted_bytes);
5091 (*this->section_offset_map_)[input_offset] = output_offset;
5094 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5095 // bytes deleted. If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly
5096 // created Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The
5097 // caller owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5099 template<bool big_endian>
5101 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5102 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section,
5103 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map** psection_offset_map)
5105 Relobj* relobj = exidx_input_section->relobj();
5106 unsigned shndx = exidx_input_section->shndx();
5107 section_size_type section_size;
5108 const unsigned char* section_contents =
5109 relobj->section_contents(shndx, §ion_size, false);
5111 if ((section_size % 8) != 0)
5113 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5114 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5115 relobj->name().c_str(), shndx);
5116 this->last_input_section_ = exidx_input_section;
5117 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_NONE;
5121 uint32_t deleted_bytes = 0;
5122 bool prev_delete_entry = false;
5123 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_ == NULL);
5125 for (section_size_type i = 0; i < section_size; i += 8)
5127 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
5129 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(section_contents + i + 4);
5130 uint32_t second_word = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
5132 bool delete_entry = this->process_exidx_entry(second_word);
5134 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5135 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5136 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5137 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5138 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5139 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5140 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5141 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5142 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Othewise, y1
5144 if (delete_entry != prev_delete_entry && i != 0)
5145 this->update_offset_map(i - 1, deleted_bytes, prev_delete_entry);
5147 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5151 prev_delete_entry = delete_entry;
5154 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5156 if (this->section_offset_map_ != NULL)
5157 update_offset_map(section_size - 1, deleted_bytes, prev_delete_entry);
5159 *psection_offset_map = this->section_offset_map_;
5160 this->section_offset_map_ = NULL;
5161 this->last_input_section_ = exidx_input_section;
5163 return deleted_bytes;
5166 // Arm_output_section methods.
5168 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5169 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5171 template<bool big_endian>
5173 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::create_stub_group(
5174 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin,
5175 Input_section_list::const_iterator end,
5176 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner,
5177 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
5178 std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*>* new_relaxed_sections)
5180 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5181 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5182 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5183 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5184 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX);
5186 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5187 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5188 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5191 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* arm_input_section;
5192 if (owner->is_relaxed_input_section())
5195 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::as_arm_input_section(
5196 owner->relaxed_input_section());
5200 gold_assert(owner->is_input_section());
5201 // Create a new relaxed input section.
5203 target->new_arm_input_section(owner->relobj(), owner->shndx());
5204 new_relaxed_sections->push_back(arm_input_section);
5207 // Create a stub table.
5208 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
5209 target->new_stub_table(arm_input_section);
5211 arm_input_section->set_stub_table(stub_table);
5213 Input_section_list::const_iterator p = begin;
5214 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p;
5216 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5219 if (p->is_input_section() || p->is_relaxed_input_section())
5221 // The stub table information for input sections live
5222 // in their objects.
5223 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5224 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(p->relobj());
5225 arm_relobj->set_stub_table(p->shndx(), stub_table);
5229 while (prev_p != end);
5232 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5233 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5234 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5235 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5236 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5238 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5239 // implemented differently.
5241 template<bool big_endian>
5243 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::group_sections(
5244 section_size_type group_size,
5245 bool stubs_always_after_branch,
5246 Target_arm<big_endian>* target)
5248 // We only care about sections containing code.
5249 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) == 0)
5252 // States for grouping.
5255 // No group is being built.
5257 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5258 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5259 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5260 FINDING_STUB_SECTION,
5261 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5262 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5263 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5267 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5268 std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*> new_relaxed_sections;
5270 State state = NO_GROUP;
5271 section_size_type off = 0;
5272 section_size_type group_begin_offset = 0;
5273 section_size_type group_end_offset = 0;
5274 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset = 0;
5275 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin =
5276 this->input_sections().end();
5277 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table =
5278 this->input_sections().end();
5279 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end = this->input_sections().end();
5280 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p = this->input_sections().begin();
5281 p != this->input_sections().end();
5284 section_size_type section_begin_offset =
5285 align_address(off, p->addralign());
5286 section_size_type section_end_offset =
5287 section_begin_offset + p->data_size();
5289 // Check to see if we should group the previously seens sections.
5295 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION:
5296 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5297 if (section_end_offset - group_begin_offset >= group_size)
5299 if (stubs_always_after_branch)
5301 gold_assert(group_end != this->input_sections().end());
5302 this->create_stub_group(group_begin, group_end, group_end,
5303 target, &new_relaxed_sections);
5308 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5309 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5310 // handled by it too.
5311 state = HAS_STUB_SECTION;
5312 stub_table = group_end;
5313 stub_table_end_offset = group_end_offset;
5318 case HAS_STUB_SECTION:
5319 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5321 if (section_end_offset - stub_table_end_offset >= group_size)
5323 gold_assert(group_end != this->input_sections().end());
5324 this->create_stub_group(group_begin, group_end, stub_table,
5325 target, &new_relaxed_sections);
5334 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5335 // a new one. Skip any empty sections.
5336 if ((p->is_input_section() || p->is_relaxed_input_section())
5337 && (p->relobj()->section_size(p->shndx()) != 0))
5339 if (state == NO_GROUP)
5341 state = FINDING_STUB_SECTION;
5343 group_begin_offset = section_begin_offset;
5346 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5348 group_end_offset = section_end_offset;
5351 off = section_end_offset;
5354 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5355 if (state == FINDING_STUB_SECTION || state == HAS_STUB_SECTION)
5357 gold_assert(group_end != this->input_sections().end());
5358 this->create_stub_group(group_begin, group_end,
5359 (state == FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5362 target, &new_relaxed_sections);
5365 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5366 if (!new_relaxed_sections.empty())
5367 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections);
5369 // Update the section offsets
5370 for (size_t i = 0; i < new_relaxed_sections.size(); ++i)
5372 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5373 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(
5374 new_relaxed_sections[i]->relobj());
5375 unsigned int shndx = new_relaxed_sections[i]->shndx();
5376 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5377 arm_relobj->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx);
5381 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5382 // order of their position in this.
5384 template<bool big_endian>
5386 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5387 Text_section_list* list)
5389 // We only care about text sections.
5390 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) == 0)
5393 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) != 0);
5395 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p = this->input_sections().begin();
5396 p != this->input_sections().end();
5399 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5400 // ignore any merged sections.
5401 if ((p->is_input_section() || p->is_relaxed_input_section())
5402 && p->data_size() != 0)
5403 list->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p->relobj(),
5408 template<bool big_endian>
5410 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5411 const Text_section_list& sorted_text_sections,
5412 Symbol_table* symtab)
5414 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5415 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX);
5417 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5418 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5419 this->discard_states();
5421 // Remove all input sections.
5422 uint64_t address = this->address();
5423 typedef std::list<Simple_input_section> Simple_input_section_list;
5424 Simple_input_section_list input_sections;
5425 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5426 this->get_input_sections(address, std::string(""), &input_sections);
5428 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5429 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5431 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5432 typedef Unordered_set<Section_id, Section_id_hash> Section_id_set;
5433 Section_id_set known_input_sections;
5434 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p = input_sections.begin();
5435 p != input_sections.end();
5438 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5439 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5440 gold_assert(!p->is_relaxed_input_section());
5441 known_input_sections.insert(Section_id(p->relobj(), p->shndx()));
5444 Arm_exidx_fixup exidx_fixup(this);
5446 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5447 Section_id_set processed_input_sections;
5448 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p = sorted_text_sections.begin();
5449 p != sorted_text_sections.end();
5452 Relobj* relobj = p->first;
5453 unsigned int shndx = p->second;
5455 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5456 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relobj);
5457 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
5458 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx);
5460 // If this text section has no EXIDX section, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5461 // entry pointing to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5462 if (exidx_input_section == NULL)
5464 exidx_fixup.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5468 Relobj* exidx_relobj = exidx_input_section->relobj();
5469 unsigned int exidx_shndx = exidx_input_section->shndx();
5470 Section_id sid(exidx_relobj, exidx_shndx);
5471 if (known_input_sections.find(sid) == known_input_sections.end())
5473 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5474 // We cannot do fix-up.
5475 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5476 exidx_shndx, exidx_relobj->name().c_str());
5477 exidx_fixup.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5481 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5482 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map* section_offset_map = NULL;
5483 uint32_t deleted_bytes =
5484 exidx_fixup.process_exidx_section<big_endian>(exidx_input_section,
5485 §ion_offset_map);
5487 if (deleted_bytes == exidx_input_section->size())
5489 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5490 gold_assert(section_offset_map == NULL);
5491 exidx_relobj->set_output_section(exidx_shndx, NULL);
5493 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5494 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5495 arm_relobj->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5497 else if (deleted_bytes > 0)
5499 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5500 // section into a relaxed section.
5501 gold_assert(section_offset_map != NULL);
5502 Arm_exidx_merged_section* merged_section =
5503 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section,
5504 *section_offset_map, deleted_bytes);
5505 this->add_relaxed_input_section(merged_section);
5506 arm_relobj->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx);
5508 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5509 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5511 arm_relobj->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5515 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5516 gold_assert(section_offset_map == NULL);
5517 Output_section::Simple_input_section sis(exidx_relobj, exidx_shndx);
5518 this->add_simple_input_section(sis, exidx_input_section->size(),
5519 exidx_input_section->addralign());
5522 processed_input_sections.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj, exidx_shndx));
5525 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5526 exidx_fixup.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5528 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5529 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p = input_sections.begin();
5530 p != input_sections.end();
5533 if (processed_input_sections.find(Section_id(p->relobj(), p->shndx()))
5534 == processed_input_sections.end())
5536 // We only discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5537 // text section has been folded by ICF.
5538 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5539 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(p->relobj());
5540 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
5541 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p->shndx());
5542 gold_assert(exidx_input_section != NULL);
5543 unsigned int text_shndx = exidx_input_section->link();
5544 gold_assert(symtab->is_section_folded(p->relobj(), text_shndx));
5546 // Remove this from link.
5547 p->relobj()->set_output_section(p->shndx(), NULL);
5551 // Make changes permanent.
5552 this->save_states();
5553 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
5556 // Arm_relobj methods.
5558 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
5559 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5561 template<bool big_endian>
5563 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
5564 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
5565 const Relobj::Output_sections& out_sections,
5566 const Symbol_table *symtab,
5567 const unsigned char* pshdrs)
5569 unsigned int sh_type = shdr.get_sh_type();
5570 if (sh_type != elfcpp::SHT_REL && sh_type != elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
5573 // Ignore empty section.
5574 off_t sh_size = shdr.get_sh_size();
5578 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
5579 // reported in the final link.
5580 unsigned int index = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_info());
5581 if (index >= this->shnum())
5584 // This relocation section is against a section which we
5585 // discarded or if the section is folded into another
5586 // section due to ICF.
5587 if (out_sections[index] == NULL || symtab->is_section_folded(this, index))
5590 // Check the section to which relocations are applied. Ignore relocations
5591 // to unallocated sections or EXIDX sections.
5592 const unsigned int shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
5593 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> data_shdr(pshdrs + index * shdr_size);
5594 if ((data_shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0
5595 || data_shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
5598 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
5599 // error will be reported in the final link.
5600 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
5603 unsigned int reloc_size;
5604 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
5605 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
5607 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rela_size;
5609 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
5610 // The error will be reported in the final link.
5611 if (reloc_size != shdr.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size % reloc_size != 0)
5617 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
5618 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5620 template<bool big_endian>
5622 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
5623 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
5626 const Symbol_table* symtab)
5628 // We only scan non-empty code sections.
5629 if ((shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) == 0
5630 || shdr.get_sh_size() == 0)
5633 // Ignore discarded or ICF'ed sections.
5634 if (os == NULL || symtab->is_section_folded(this, shndx))
5637 // Find output address of section.
5638 Arm_address address = os->output_address(this, shndx, 0);
5640 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
5642 if ((address & ~0xfffU) == ((address + shdr.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU))
5648 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
5650 template<bool big_endian>
5652 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
5653 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
5656 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target)
5658 Arm_address output_address = os->output_address(this, shndx, 0);
5660 // Get the section contents.
5661 section_size_type input_view_size = 0;
5662 const unsigned char* input_view =
5663 this->section_contents(shndx, &input_view_size, false);
5665 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
5666 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
5667 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
5668 // to speed up the scanning.
5670 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
5672 Mapping_symbol_position section_start(shndx, 0);
5673 typename Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p =
5674 this->mapping_symbols_info_.lower_bound(section_start);
5676 if (p == this->mapping_symbols_info_.end()
5677 || p->first != section_start)
5679 gold_warning(_("Cortex-A8 erratum scanning failed because there "
5680 "is no mapping symbols for section %u of %s"),
5681 shndx, this->name().c_str());
5685 while (p != this->mapping_symbols_info_.end()
5686 && p->first.first == shndx)
5688 typename Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next =
5689 this->mapping_symbols_info_.upper_bound(p->first);
5691 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
5692 if (p->second == 't')
5694 // Determine the end of this range.
5695 section_size_type span_start =
5696 convert_to_section_size_type(p->first.second);
5697 section_size_type span_end;
5698 if (next != this->mapping_symbols_info_.end()
5699 && next->first.first == shndx)
5700 span_end = convert_to_section_size_type(next->first.second);
5702 span_end = convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size());
5704 if (((span_start + output_address) & ~0xfffUL)
5705 != ((span_end + output_address - 1) & ~0xfffUL))
5707 arm_target->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx,
5708 span_start, span_end,
5718 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
5720 template<bool big_endian>
5722 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
5723 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
5724 const Symbol_table* symtab,
5725 const Layout* layout)
5727 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
5728 const unsigned int shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
5730 // Read the section headers.
5731 const unsigned char* pshdrs = this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
5735 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
5736 // input offsets to output addresses.
5737 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
5739 const Relobj::Output_sections& out_sections(this->output_sections());
5741 Relocate_info<32, big_endian> relinfo;
5742 relinfo.symtab = symtab;
5743 relinfo.layout = layout;
5744 relinfo.object = this;
5746 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
5747 const unsigned char* p = pshdrs + shdr_size;
5748 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i, p += shdr_size)
5750 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(p);
5751 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr, out_sections, symtab,
5754 unsigned int index = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_info());
5755 Arm_address output_offset = this->get_output_section_offset(index);
5756 Arm_address output_address;
5757 if(output_offset != invalid_address)
5758 output_address = out_sections[index]->address() + output_offset;
5761 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5762 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
5763 out_sections[index]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index);
5764 gold_assert(poris != NULL);
5765 output_address = poris->address();
5768 // Get the relocations.
5769 const unsigned char* prelocs = this->get_view(shdr.get_sh_offset(),
5773 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
5774 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
5775 // output view under such circumstances.
5776 section_size_type input_view_size = 0;
5777 const unsigned char* input_view =
5778 this->section_contents(index, &input_view_size, false);
5780 relinfo.reloc_shndx = i;
5781 relinfo.data_shndx = index;
5782 unsigned int sh_type = shdr.get_sh_type();
5783 unsigned int reloc_size;
5784 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
5785 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
5787 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rela_size;
5789 Output_section* os = out_sections[index];
5790 arm_target->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo, sh_type, prelocs,
5791 shdr.get_sh_size() / reloc_size,
5793 output_offset == invalid_address,
5794 input_view, output_address,
5799 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
5800 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
5801 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
5802 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
5803 // scanning is done first.
5804 if (arm_target->fix_cortex_a8())
5806 const unsigned char* p = pshdrs + shdr_size;
5807 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i, p += shdr_size)
5809 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(p);
5810 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr, i,
5813 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr, i, out_sections[i],
5818 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
5819 // since we no longer need them.
5820 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
5823 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
5824 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
5825 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
5826 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
5827 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
5828 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
5829 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol targer hook inside
5830 // Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
5832 template<bool big_endian>
5834 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols(
5835 Stringpool_template<char>* pool,
5836 Stringpool_template<char>* dynpool)
5838 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
5841 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
5842 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols(pool, dynpool);
5843 const unsigned int loccount = this->local_symbol_count();
5847 // Intialize the thumb function bit-vector.
5848 std::vector<bool> empty_vector(loccount, false);
5849 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_.swap(empty_vector);
5851 // Read the symbol table section header.
5852 const unsigned int symtab_shndx = this->symtab_shndx();
5853 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
5854 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx));
5855 gold_assert(symtabshdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB);
5857 // Read the local symbols.
5858 const int sym_size =elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
5859 gold_assert(loccount == symtabshdr.get_sh_info());
5860 off_t locsize = loccount * sym_size;
5861 const unsigned char* psyms = this->get_view(symtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
5862 locsize, true, true);
5864 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
5865 unsigned int strtab_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr.get_sh_link());
5866 if (strtab_shndx >= this->shnum())
5868 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx);
5872 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
5873 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx));
5874 if (strtabshdr.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB)
5876 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
5877 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr.get_sh_type()));
5880 const char* pnames =
5881 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
5882 strtabshdr.get_sh_size(),
5885 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
5886 // to THUMB functions.
5888 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
5890 typename Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>::Local_values* plocal_values =
5891 this->local_values();
5892 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < loccount; ++i, psyms += sym_size)
5894 elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian> sym(psyms);
5895 elfcpp::STT st_type = sym.get_st_type();
5896 Symbol_value<32>& lv((*plocal_values)[i]);
5897 Arm_address input_value = lv.input_value();
5899 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
5900 const char* sym_name = pnames + sym.get_st_name();
5901 if (Target_arm<big_endian>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name))
5903 unsigned int input_shndx = sym.get_st_shndx();
5905 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
5906 Mapping_symbol_position msp(input_shndx, input_value & ~1U);
5907 this->mapping_symbols_info_[msp] = sym_name[1];
5910 if (st_type == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
5911 || (st_type == elfcpp::STT_FUNC && ((input_value & 1) != 0)))
5913 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
5914 // symbol value by setting LSB.
5915 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_[i] = true;
5916 if ((input_value & 1) == 0)
5917 lv.set_input_value(input_value | 1);
5922 // Relocate sections.
5923 template<bool big_endian>
5925 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_relocate_sections(
5926 const Symbol_table* symtab,
5927 const Layout* layout,
5928 const unsigned char* pshdrs,
5929 typename Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>::Views* pviews)
5931 // Call parent to relocate sections.
5932 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>::do_relocate_sections(symtab, layout, pshdrs,
5935 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
5936 if (parameters->options().relocatable())
5939 // Relocate stub tables.
5940 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
5942 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
5943 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
5945 Relocate_info<32, big_endian> relinfo;
5946 relinfo.symtab = symtab;
5947 relinfo.layout = layout;
5948 relinfo.object = this;
5950 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i)
5952 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* arm_input_section =
5953 arm_target->find_arm_input_section(this, i);
5955 if (arm_input_section != NULL
5956 && arm_input_section->is_stub_table_owner()
5957 && !arm_input_section->stub_table()->empty())
5959 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
5960 Output_section* os = this->output_section(i);
5961 gold_assert(os != NULL);
5963 relinfo.reloc_shndx = elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF;
5964 relinfo.reloc_shdr = NULL;
5965 relinfo.data_shndx = i;
5966 relinfo.data_shdr = pshdrs + i * elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
5968 gold_assert((*pviews)[i].view != NULL);
5970 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
5972 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table = arm_input_section->stub_table();
5973 gold_assert((stub_table->address() >= (*pviews)[i].address)
5974 && ((stub_table->address() + stub_table->data_size())
5975 <= (*pviews)[i].address + (*pviews)[i].view_size));
5977 off_t offset = stub_table->address() - (*pviews)[i].address;
5978 unsigned char* view = (*pviews)[i].view + offset;
5979 Arm_address address = stub_table->address();
5980 section_size_type view_size = stub_table->data_size();
5982 stub_table->relocate_stubs(&relinfo, arm_target, os, view, address,
5986 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
5987 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i))
5989 unsigned char* view = (*pviews)[i].view;
5990 Arm_address view_address = (*pviews)[i].address;
5991 section_size_type view_size = (*pviews)[i].view_size;
5992 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table = this->stub_tables_[i];
5994 // Adjust view to cover section.
5995 Output_section* os = this->output_section(i);
5996 gold_assert(os != NULL);
5997 Arm_address section_address = os->output_address(this, i, 0);
5998 uint64_t section_size = this->section_size(i);
6000 gold_assert(section_address >= view_address
6001 && ((section_address + section_size)
6002 <= (view_address + view_size)));
6004 unsigned char* section_view = view + (section_address - view_address);
6006 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6007 // corresponding to this input section.
6008 stub_table->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6017 // Create a new EXIDX input section object for EXIDX section SHNDX with
6020 template<bool big_endian>
6022 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::make_exidx_input_section(
6024 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr)
6026 // Link .text section to its .ARM.exidx section in the same object.
6027 unsigned int text_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_link());
6029 // Issue an error and ignore this EXIDX section if it does not point
6030 // to any text section.
6031 if (text_shndx == elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF)
6033 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u in %s has no linked text section"),
6034 shndx, this->name().c_str());
6038 // Issue an error and ignore this EXIDX section if it points to a text
6039 // section already has an EXIDX section.
6040 if (this->exidx_section_map_[text_shndx] != NULL)
6042 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %u and %u both link to text section %u "
6044 shndx, this->exidx_section_map_[text_shndx]->shndx(),
6045 text_shndx, this->name().c_str());
6049 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6050 Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
6051 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx, text_shndx, shdr.get_sh_size(),
6052 shdr.get_sh_addralign());
6053 this->exidx_section_map_[text_shndx] = exidx_input_section;
6055 // Also map the EXIDX section index to this.
6056 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_[shndx] == NULL);
6057 this->exidx_section_map_[shndx] = exidx_input_section;
6060 // Read the symbol information.
6062 template<bool big_endian>
6064 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd)
6066 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6067 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>::do_read_symbols(sd);
6069 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6070 const unsigned char* pehdr = this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset,
6071 elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::ehdr_size,
6073 elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian> ehdr(pehdr);
6074 this->processor_specific_flags_ = ehdr.get_e_flags();
6076 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6078 const size_t shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6079 const unsigned char *ps =
6080 sd->section_headers->data() + shdr_size;
6081 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < this->shnum(); ++i, ps += shdr_size)
6083 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6084 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES)
6086 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_ == NULL);
6087 section_offset_type section_offset = shdr.get_sh_offset();
6088 section_size_type section_size =
6089 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size());
6090 File_view* view = this->get_lasting_view(section_offset,
6091 section_size, true, false);
6092 this->attributes_section_data_ =
6093 new Attributes_section_data(view->data(), section_size);
6095 else if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
6096 this->make_exidx_input_section(i, shdr);
6100 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6101 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6102 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implict
6103 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6104 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6105 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6107 template<bool big_endian>
6109 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
6111 Read_relocs_data* rd)
6113 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6114 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab, layout, rd);
6116 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
6117 const unsigned int shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6118 const unsigned char* pshdrs = this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6122 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6123 // to these from the linked text sections.
6124 const unsigned char* ps = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6125 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i, ps += shdr_size)
6127 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6128 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
6130 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6131 // sections from its linked text section.
6132 unsigned int text_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_link());
6133 symtab->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx, this, i);
6138 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6139 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6140 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6141 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6143 template<bool big_endian>
6145 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6147 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6148 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6149 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_);
6151 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6152 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6154 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6158 // Read the symbol table section header.
6159 const unsigned int symtab_shndx = this->symtab_shndx();
6160 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
6161 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx));
6162 gold_assert(symtabshdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB);
6164 // Read the local symbols.
6165 const int sym_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6166 const unsigned int loccount = this->local_symbol_count();
6167 gold_assert(loccount == symtabshdr.get_sh_info());
6168 off_t locsize = loccount * sym_size;
6169 const unsigned char* psyms = this->get_view(symtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
6170 locsize, true, true);
6172 // Loop over the local symbols.
6174 typedef typename Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>::Output_sections
6176 const Output_sections& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6177 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
6178 unsigned int count = 0;
6179 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6181 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < loccount; ++i, psyms += sym_size)
6183 elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian> sym(psyms);
6185 Symbol_value<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i]);
6187 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6188 if (!lv.needs_output_symtab_entry())
6192 unsigned int shndx = this->adjust_sym_shndx(i, sym.get_st_shndx(),
6197 Output_section* os = out_sections[shndx];
6199 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6202 lv.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6206 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6207 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6208 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6209 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx) == invalid_address)
6210 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx) != NULL))
6212 section_offset_type output_offset =
6213 os->output_offset(this, shndx, lv.input_value());
6214 if (output_offset == -1)
6216 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6217 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6218 lv.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6227 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count);
6228 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_ = false;
6231 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6233 // Read the symbol information.
6235 template<bool big_endian>
6237 Arm_dynobj<big_endian>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd)
6239 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6240 Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>::do_read_symbols(sd);
6242 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6243 const unsigned char* pehdr = this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset,
6244 elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::ehdr_size,
6246 elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian> ehdr(pehdr);
6247 this->processor_specific_flags_ = ehdr.get_e_flags();
6249 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6250 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6251 // the section headers.
6252 const size_t shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6253 const unsigned char *ps =
6254 sd->section_headers->data() + shdr_size * (this->shnum() - 1);
6255 for (unsigned int i = this->shnum(); i > 0; --i, ps -= shdr_size)
6257 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6258 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES)
6260 section_offset_type section_offset = shdr.get_sh_offset();
6261 section_size_type section_size =
6262 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size());
6263 File_view* view = this->get_lasting_view(section_offset,
6264 section_size, true, false);
6265 this->attributes_section_data_ =
6266 new Attributes_section_data(view->data(), section_size);
6272 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
6274 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
6276 template<bool big_endian>
6277 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
6278 Stub_addend_reader<elfcpp::SHT_REL, big_endian>::operator()(
6279 unsigned int r_type,
6280 const unsigned char* view,
6281 const typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>::Reloc&) const
6283 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> RelocFuncs;
6287 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
6288 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
6289 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
6291 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
6292 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view);
6293 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
6294 return utils::sign_extend<26>(val << 2);
6297 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
6298 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
6299 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
6301 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
6302 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view);
6303 Valtype upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
6304 Valtype lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
6305 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
6308 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
6310 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
6311 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view);
6312 Valtype upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
6313 Valtype lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
6314 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
6322 // A class to handle the PLT data.
6324 template<bool big_endian>
6325 class Output_data_plt_arm : public Output_section_data
6328 typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, true, 32, big_endian>
6331 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout*, Output_data_space*);
6333 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6335 add_entry(Symbol* gsym);
6337 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
6338 const Reloc_section*
6340 { return this->rel_; }
6344 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os);
6346 // Write to a map file.
6348 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
6349 { mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
6352 // Template for the first PLT entry.
6353 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry[5];
6355 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
6356 static const uint32_t plt_entry[3];
6358 // Set the final size.
6360 set_final_data_size()
6362 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry)
6363 + this->count_ * sizeof(plt_entry));
6366 // Write out the PLT data.
6368 do_write(Output_file*);
6370 // The reloc section.
6371 Reloc_section* rel_;
6372 // The .got.plt section.
6373 Output_data_space* got_plt_;
6374 // The number of PLT entries.
6375 unsigned int count_;
6378 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
6379 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
6380 // section just for PLT entries.
6382 template<bool big_endian>
6383 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout* layout,
6384 Output_data_space* got_plt)
6385 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt), count_(0)
6387 this->rel_ = new Reloc_section(false);
6388 layout->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL,
6389 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_, true, false,
6393 template<bool big_endian>
6395 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os)
6400 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6402 template<bool big_endian>
6404 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::add_entry(Symbol* gsym)
6406 gold_assert(!gsym->has_plt_offset());
6408 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
6409 // reserved PLT entry.
6410 gsym->set_plt_offset((this->count_) * sizeof(plt_entry)
6411 + sizeof(first_plt_entry));
6415 section_offset_type got_offset = this->got_plt_->current_data_size();
6417 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
6418 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
6419 // lazily when the function is called).
6420 this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(got_offset + 4);
6422 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
6423 gsym->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
6424 this->rel_->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT, this->got_plt_,
6427 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
6428 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
6429 // appear in the relocations.
6433 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
6434 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
6435 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
6437 // The first entry in the PLT.
6438 template<bool big_endian>
6439 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::first_plt_entry[5] =
6441 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
6442 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
6443 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
6444 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
6445 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
6448 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
6450 template<bool big_endian>
6451 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::plt_entry[3] =
6453 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
6454 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
6455 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
6458 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
6459 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
6460 // Processor Supplement.
6462 template<bool big_endian>
6464 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
6466 const off_t offset = this->offset();
6467 const section_size_type oview_size =
6468 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6469 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
6471 const off_t got_file_offset = this->got_plt_->offset();
6472 const section_size_type got_size =
6473 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_->data_size());
6474 unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset,
6476 unsigned char* pov = oview;
6478 Arm_address plt_address = this->address();
6479 Arm_address got_address = this->got_plt_->address();
6481 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
6482 const size_t num_first_plt_words = (sizeof(first_plt_entry)
6483 / sizeof(plt_entry[0]));
6484 for (size_t i = 0; i < num_first_plt_words - 1; i++)
6485 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + i * 4, first_plt_entry[i]);
6486 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
6487 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 16,
6488 got_address - (plt_address + 16));
6489 pov += sizeof(first_plt_entry);
6491 unsigned char* got_pov = got_view;
6493 memset(got_pov, 0, 12);
6496 const int rel_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
6497 unsigned int plt_offset = sizeof(first_plt_entry);
6498 unsigned int plt_rel_offset = 0;
6499 unsigned int got_offset = 12;
6500 const unsigned int count = this->count_;
6501 for (unsigned int i = 0;
6504 pov += sizeof(plt_entry),
6506 plt_offset += sizeof(plt_entry),
6507 plt_rel_offset += rel_size,
6510 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
6511 int32_t offset = ((got_address + got_offset)
6512 - (plt_address + plt_offset + 8));
6514 gold_assert(offset >= 0 && offset < 0x0fffffff);
6515 uint32_t plt_insn0 = plt_entry[0] | ((offset >> 20) & 0xff);
6516 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt_insn0);
6517 uint32_t plt_insn1 = plt_entry[1] | ((offset >> 12) & 0xff);
6518 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, plt_insn1);
6519 uint32_t plt_insn2 = plt_entry[2] | (offset & 0xfff);
6520 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8, plt_insn2);
6522 // Set the entry in the GOT.
6523 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(got_pov, plt_address);
6526 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - oview) == oview_size);
6527 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(got_pov - got_view) == got_size);
6529 of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
6530 of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, got_size, got_view);
6533 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
6535 template<bool big_endian>
6537 Target_arm<big_endian>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
6540 if (gsym->has_plt_offset())
6543 if (this->plt_ == NULL)
6545 // Create the GOT sections first.
6546 this->got_section(symtab, layout);
6548 this->plt_ = new Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>(layout, this->got_plt_);
6549 layout->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
6551 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR),
6552 this->plt_, false, false, false, false);
6554 this->plt_->add_entry(gsym);
6557 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
6559 template<bool big_endian>
6561 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
6562 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
6563 unsigned int r_type)
6565 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
6566 object->name().c_str(), r_type);
6569 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
6570 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
6571 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
6572 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
6573 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
6574 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
6575 // error even if the section is not read-only.
6577 template<bool big_endian>
6579 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj* object,
6580 unsigned int r_type)
6584 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
6585 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
6586 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
6587 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
6588 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
6589 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
6590 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
6591 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
6592 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
6594 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32:
6595 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32:
6596 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32:
6600 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
6601 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
6602 // error per object file.
6603 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_)
6605 object->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc; "
6606 "recompile with -fPIC"));
6607 this->issued_non_pic_error_ = true;
6610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
6615 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
6616 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
6617 // on ARM v5te devices.
6619 template<bool big_endian>
6621 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::local(Symbol_table* symtab,
6624 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
6625 unsigned int data_shndx,
6626 Output_section* output_section,
6627 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc,
6628 unsigned int r_type,
6629 const elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian>&)
6631 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
6634 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
6637 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
6638 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
6639 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
6640 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
6641 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
6642 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
6643 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
6644 // relocate it easily.
6645 if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
6647 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
6648 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
6649 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
6650 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
6651 rel_dyn->add_local_relative(object, r_sym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE,
6652 output_section, data_shndx,
6653 reloc.get_r_offset());
6657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
6658 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
6659 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
6660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
6661 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
6662 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
6663 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
6664 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
6665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
6666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
6667 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
6668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
6669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
6670 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
6671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
6672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
6673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
6674 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
6675 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
6676 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
6677 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
6678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
6679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
6680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
6681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
6682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
6683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
6684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
6685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
6686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
6687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
6688 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
6689 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
6690 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
6691 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
6692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
6693 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
6694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
6695 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
6696 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
6697 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
6698 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
6699 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
6700 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
6701 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
6702 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
6703 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
6704 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
6705 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
6706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
6707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
6708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
6709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
6710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
6711 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
6712 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
6713 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
6714 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
6715 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
6718 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
6719 // We need a GOT section:
6720 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
6723 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
6724 // FIXME: What about this?
6727 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
6728 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
6730 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
6731 Output_data_got<32, big_endian>* got =
6732 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
6733 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
6734 if (got->add_local(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD))
6736 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
6737 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
6738 if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
6740 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
6741 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
6742 rel_dyn->add_local_relative(
6743 object, r_sym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE, got,
6744 object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
6750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
6751 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
6753 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
6754 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
6755 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
6756 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
6757 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
6758 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
6759 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
6760 object->name().c_str(), r_type);
6764 unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type);
6769 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
6771 template<bool big_endian>
6773 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
6774 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
6775 unsigned int r_type,
6778 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
6779 object->name().c_str(), r_type, gsym->demangled_name().c_str());
6782 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
6783 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
6784 // on ARM v5te devices.
6786 template<bool big_endian>
6788 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::global(Symbol_table* symtab,
6791 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
6792 unsigned int data_shndx,
6793 Output_section* output_section,
6794 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc,
6795 unsigned int r_type,
6798 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
6801 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
6804 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
6805 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
6807 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
6808 if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF))
6810 if (target->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym))
6812 target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object,
6813 data_shndx, output_section, gsym, reloc);
6815 else if (gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
6817 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
6818 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
6819 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
6820 rel_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE,
6821 output_section, object,
6822 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
6826 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
6827 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
6828 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
6829 rel_dyn->add_global(gsym, r_type, output_section, object,
6830 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
6836 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
6837 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
6838 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
6839 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
6840 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
6841 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
6842 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
6843 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
6844 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
6845 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
6846 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
6847 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
6848 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
6849 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
6850 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
6851 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
6852 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
6853 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
6854 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
6855 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
6856 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
6857 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
6858 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
6859 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
6860 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
6861 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
6862 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
6863 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
6864 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
6865 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
6866 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
6867 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
6868 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
6869 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
6870 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
6871 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
6872 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
6873 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
6874 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
6875 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
6876 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
6877 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
6878 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
6879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
6880 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
6881 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
6884 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
6885 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
6886 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
6887 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
6888 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
6890 // No dynamic relocs of this kinds.
6891 // Report the error in case of PIC.
6892 int flags = Symbol::NON_PIC_REF;
6893 if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
6894 || gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC)
6895 flags |= Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL;
6896 if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(flags))
6897 check_non_pic(object, r_type);
6901 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
6904 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
6906 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
6907 int flags = Symbol::NON_PIC_REF;
6908 if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(flags))
6910 if (target->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym))
6912 target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object,
6913 data_shndx, output_section, gsym, reloc);
6917 check_non_pic(object, r_type);
6918 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
6919 rel_dyn->add_global(gsym, r_type, output_section, object,
6920 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
6926 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
6927 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
6928 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
6929 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
6930 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
6932 if (Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym))
6933 target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
6936 // Check to see if this is a function that would need a PLT
6937 // but does not get one because the function symbol is untyped.
6938 // This happens in assembly code missing a proper .type directive.
6939 if ((!gsym->is_undefined() || parameters->options().shared())
6940 && !parameters->doing_static_link()
6941 && gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE
6942 && (gsym->is_from_dynobj()
6943 || gsym->is_undefined()
6944 || gsym->is_preemptible()))
6945 gold_error(_("%s is not a function."),
6946 gsym->demangled_name().c_str());
6950 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
6951 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
6952 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
6953 if (gsym->final_value_is_known())
6955 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
6956 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
6958 if (gsym->is_defined()
6959 && !gsym->is_from_dynobj()
6960 && !gsym->is_preemptible())
6962 target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
6965 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
6966 // We need a GOT section.
6967 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
6970 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
6971 // FIXME: What about this?
6974 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
6975 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
6977 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
6978 Output_data_got<32, big_endian>* got =
6979 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
6980 if (gsym->final_value_is_known())
6981 got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
6984 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
6985 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
6986 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
6987 if (gsym->is_from_dynobj()
6988 || gsym->is_undefined()
6989 || gsym->is_preemptible())
6990 got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
6991 rel_dyn, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
6994 if (got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD))
6995 rel_dyn->add_global_relative(
6996 gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE, got,
6997 gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
7003 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
7004 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7006 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
7007 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
7008 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
7009 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
7010 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7011 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7012 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7013 object->name().c_str(), r_type);
7017 unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym);
7022 // Process relocations for gc.
7024 template<bool big_endian>
7026 Target_arm<big_endian>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
7028 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
7029 unsigned int data_shndx,
7031 const unsigned char* prelocs,
7033 Output_section* output_section,
7034 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
7035 size_t local_symbol_count,
7036 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols)
7038 typedef Target_arm<big_endian> Arm;
7039 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan Scan;
7041 gold::gc_process_relocs<32, big_endian, Arm, elfcpp::SHT_REL, Scan>(
7050 needs_special_offset_handling,
7055 // Scan relocations for a section.
7057 template<bool big_endian>
7059 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
7061 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
7062 unsigned int data_shndx,
7063 unsigned int sh_type,
7064 const unsigned char* prelocs,
7066 Output_section* output_section,
7067 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
7068 size_t local_symbol_count,
7069 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols)
7071 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan Scan;
7072 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
7074 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
7075 object->name().c_str());
7079 gold::scan_relocs<32, big_endian, Target_arm, elfcpp::SHT_REL, Scan>(
7088 needs_special_offset_handling,
7093 // Finalize the sections.
7095 template<bool big_endian>
7097 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_finalize_sections(
7099 const Input_objects* input_objects,
7100 Symbol_table* symtab)
7102 // Merge processor-specific flags.
7103 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin();
7104 p != input_objects->relobj_end();
7107 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
7108 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*p);
7109 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
7111 arm_relobj->processor_specific_flags());
7112 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj->name().c_str(),
7113 arm_relobj->attributes_section_data());
7117 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p = input_objects->dynobj_begin();
7118 p != input_objects->dynobj_end();
7121 Arm_dynobj<big_endian>* arm_dynobj =
7122 Arm_dynobj<big_endian>::as_arm_dynobj(*p);
7123 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
7125 arm_dynobj->processor_specific_flags());
7126 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj->name().c_str(),
7127 arm_dynobj->attributes_section_data());
7131 const Object_attribute* cpu_arch_attr =
7132 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
7133 if (cpu_arch_attr->int_value() > elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4)
7134 this->set_may_use_blx(true);
7136 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
7137 if (parameters->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
7138 this->fix_cortex_a8_ = parameters->options().fix_cortex_a8();
7141 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
7142 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
7144 const Object_attribute* cpu_arch_profile_attr =
7145 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile);
7146 this->fix_cortex_a8_ =
7147 (cpu_arch_attr->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
7148 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr->int_value() == 'A'
7149 || cpu_arch_profile_attr->int_value() == 0));
7152 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
7153 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
7154 // which is not specified for some profiles.
7155 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
7156 && !this->may_use_blx())
7157 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
7158 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
7160 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
7161 const Reloc_section* rel_plt = (this->plt_ == NULL
7163 : this->plt_->rel_plt());
7164 layout->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_, rel_plt,
7165 this->rel_dyn_, true);
7167 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
7169 if (this->copy_relocs_.any_saved_relocs())
7170 this->copy_relocs_.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout));
7172 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
7173 Output_section* exidx_section = layout->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
7174 if (exidx_section != NULL
7175 && exidx_section->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
7176 && !parameters->options().relocatable())
7178 // Create __exidx_start and __exdix_end symbols.
7179 symtab->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL,
7180 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
7181 exidx_section, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
7182 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
7184 symtab->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL,
7185 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
7186 exidx_section, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
7187 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
7190 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
7191 // the .ARM.exidx section.
7192 if (!layout->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
7194 gold_assert(layout->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX, 0, 0)
7196 Output_segment* exidx_segment =
7197 layout->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX, elfcpp::PF_R);
7198 exidx_segment->add_output_section(exidx_section, elfcpp::PF_R,
7203 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if there is not one already.
7204 Output_attributes_section_data* attributes_section =
7205 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_);
7206 layout->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
7207 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES, 0,
7208 attributes_section, false, false, false,
7212 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
7213 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
7214 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
7215 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
7216 // apply the static relocation.
7218 template<bool big_endian>
7220 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
7221 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
7224 Output_section* output_section)
7226 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
7227 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
7229 if ((output_section->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
7232 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
7233 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
7234 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
7235 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
7237 return !(parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()
7238 && (ref_flags & Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF)
7241 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
7242 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
7243 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
7245 bool has_dyn = gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags);
7246 bool is_rel = (ref_flags & Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF)
7247 && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
7248 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL);
7249 return !has_dyn || is_rel;
7252 // Perform a relocation.
7254 template<bool big_endian>
7256 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate::relocate(
7257 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
7259 Output_section *output_section,
7261 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& rel,
7262 unsigned int r_type,
7263 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
7264 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
7265 unsigned char* view,
7266 Arm_address address,
7267 section_size_type /* view_size */ )
7269 typedef Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> Arm_relocate_functions;
7271 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
7273 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object =
7274 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
7276 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
7277 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
7278 Arm_address thumb_bit = 0;
7279 Symbol_value<32> symval;
7280 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt = false;
7281 if (relnum != Target_arm<big_endian>::fake_relnum_for_stubs)
7285 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
7286 // final target is THUMB.
7287 if (gsym->use_plt_offset(reloc_is_non_pic(r_type)))
7289 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
7290 symval.set_output_value(target->plt_section()->address()
7291 + gsym->plt_offset());
7294 else if (gsym->is_weak_undefined())
7296 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
7297 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
7298 // be converted into an NOP.
7299 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt = true;
7303 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
7304 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
7305 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
7307 (((gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC)
7308 || (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
7309 && !gsym->is_undefined()
7310 && ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0)))
7317 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
7318 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
7319 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info = rel.get_r_info();
7320 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info);
7321 thumb_bit = object->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym) ? 1 : 0;
7326 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
7327 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
7328 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
7329 thumb_bit = ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0);
7332 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
7334 && Target_arm<big_endian>::reloc_uses_thumb_bit(r_type)
7335 && ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0))
7337 Arm_address stripped_value =
7338 psymval->value(object, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address>(1);
7339 symval.set_output_value(stripped_value);
7343 // Get the GOT offset if needed.
7344 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
7345 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
7346 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
7347 bool have_got_offset = false;
7348 unsigned int got_offset = 0;
7351 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
7352 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
7355 gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
7356 got_offset = (gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)
7357 - target->got_size());
7361 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(rel.get_r_info());
7362 gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
7363 got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)
7364 - target->got_size());
7366 have_got_offset = true;
7373 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
7375 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(rel.get_r_info());
7377 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
7378 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
7379 Arm_address sym_origin = 0;
7380 if (Relocate::reloc_needs_sym_origin(r_type))
7382 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS && gsym == NULL)
7383 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
7384 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
7385 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
7386 sym_origin = target->got_plt_section()->address();
7387 else if (gsym == NULL)
7389 else if (gsym->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT)
7390 sym_origin = gsym->output_segment()->vaddr();
7391 else if (gsym->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA)
7392 sym_origin = gsym->output_data()->address();
7394 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
7395 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
7396 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
7399 typename Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status =
7400 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY;
7403 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
7406 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
7407 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, false,
7409 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view, object, psymval);
7412 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
7413 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, false,
7415 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view, object, psymval);
7418 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
7419 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, false,
7421 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view, object, psymval);
7424 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
7425 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, true,
7427 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view, object, psymval,
7431 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
7432 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, true,
7434 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
7435 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view, object, psymval,
7439 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7440 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, true,
7442 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movw_abs_nc(view, object,
7446 gold_error(_("relocation R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC cannot be used when making"
7447 "a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"));
7450 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
7451 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, true,
7453 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movt_abs(view, object, psymval);
7455 gold_error(_("relocation R_ARM_MOVT_ABS cannot be used when making"
7456 "a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"));
7459 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7460 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, true,
7462 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw_abs_nc(view, object,
7466 gold_error(_("relocation R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC cannot be used when"
7467 "making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"));
7470 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
7471 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, true,
7473 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt_abs(view, object,
7476 gold_error(_("relocation R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS cannot be used when"
7477 "making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"));
7480 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7481 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movw_rel_nc(view, object,
7486 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7487 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movw_rel_nc(view, object,
7488 psymval, sym_origin,
7492 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
7493 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movw_rel(view, object,
7494 psymval, sym_origin,
7498 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
7499 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movt_rel(view, object,
7503 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
7504 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movt_rel(view, object,
7505 psymval, sym_origin);
7508 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7509 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw_rel_nc(view, object,
7514 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7515 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw_rel_nc(view, object,
7521 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
7522 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw_rel(view, object,
7523 psymval, sym_origin,
7527 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
7528 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt_rel(view, object,
7532 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
7533 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt_rel(view, object,
7534 psymval, sym_origin);
7537 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
7538 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view, object, psymval,
7539 address, thumb_bit);
7542 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
7543 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, false,
7545 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view, object, psymval);
7548 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
7550 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_call(relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym,
7551 psymval, address, thumb_bit,
7552 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
7555 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25:
7557 Arm_relocate_functions::xpc25(relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym,
7558 psymval, address, thumb_bit,
7559 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
7562 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
7564 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_xpc22(relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym,
7565 psymval, address, thumb_bit,
7566 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
7569 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
7571 Arm_address got_origin;
7572 got_origin = target->got_plt_section()->address();
7573 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view, object, psymval,
7574 got_origin, thumb_bit);
7578 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
7579 gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
7581 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view, sym_origin, address);
7584 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
7586 if (!should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF, true,
7590 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view, sym_origin);
7594 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
7595 gold_assert(have_got_offset);
7596 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view, got_offset);
7599 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
7600 gold_assert(have_got_offset);
7601 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
7602 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
7603 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
7604 Arm_address got_origin;
7605 got_origin = target->got_plt_section()->address();
7606 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view,
7607 got_origin + got_offset,
7611 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
7612 gold_assert(gsym == NULL
7613 || gsym->has_plt_offset()
7614 || gsym->final_value_is_known()
7615 || (gsym->is_defined()
7616 && !gsym->is_from_dynobj()
7617 && !gsym->is_preemptible()));
7619 Arm_relocate_functions::plt32(relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym,
7620 psymval, address, thumb_bit,
7621 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
7624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
7626 Arm_relocate_functions::call(relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym,
7627 psymval, address, thumb_bit,
7628 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
7631 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
7633 Arm_relocate_functions::jump24(relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym,
7634 psymval, address, thumb_bit,
7635 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
7638 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
7640 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump24(relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym,
7641 psymval, address, thumb_bit,
7642 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
7645 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
7647 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view, object, psymval, address,
7651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
7653 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view, object, psymval, address);
7656 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
7658 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view, object, psymval, address);
7661 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
7663 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view, object, psymval, address);
7666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
7667 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view, object, psymval,
7668 address, thumb_bit);
7671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
7672 if (target->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE)
7674 const bool is_v4bx_interworking =
7675 (target->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING);
7677 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo, view, object, address,
7678 is_v4bx_interworking);
7682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
7684 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval, 0,
7685 address, thumb_bit, false);
7688 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
7690 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval, 0,
7691 address, thumb_bit, true);
7694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
7696 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval, 1,
7697 address, thumb_bit, false);
7700 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
7702 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval, 1,
7703 address, thumb_bit, true);
7706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
7708 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval, 2,
7709 address, thumb_bit, true);
7712 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
7714 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval, 0,
7715 sym_origin, thumb_bit, false);
7718 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
7720 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval, 0,
7721 sym_origin, thumb_bit, true);
7724 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
7726 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval, 1,
7727 sym_origin, thumb_bit, false);
7730 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
7732 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval, 1,
7733 sym_origin, thumb_bit, true);
7736 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
7738 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval, 2,
7739 sym_origin, thumb_bit, true);
7742 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
7744 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view, object, psymval, 0,
7748 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
7750 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view, object, psymval, 1,
7754 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
7756 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view, object, psymval, 2,
7760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
7762 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view, object, psymval, 0,
7766 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
7768 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view, object, psymval, 1,
7772 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
7774 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view, object, psymval, 2,
7778 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
7780 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view, object, psymval, 0,
7784 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
7786 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view, object, psymval, 1,
7790 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
7792 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view, object, psymval, 2,
7796 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
7798 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view, object, psymval, 0,
7802 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
7804 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view, object, psymval, 1,
7808 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
7810 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view, object, psymval, 2,
7814 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
7816 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view, object, psymval, 0,
7820 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
7822 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view, object, psymval, 1,
7826 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
7828 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view, object, psymval, 2,
7832 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
7834 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view, object, psymval, 0,
7838 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
7840 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view, object, psymval, 1,
7844 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
7846 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view, object, psymval, 2,
7850 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
7851 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7853 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
7854 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
7855 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
7856 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
7857 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7858 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7859 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rel.get_r_offset(),
7860 _("unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7865 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rel.get_r_offset(),
7866 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
7871 // Report any errors.
7872 switch (reloc_status)
7874 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY:
7876 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW:
7877 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rel.get_r_offset(),
7878 _("relocation overflow in relocation %u"),
7881 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC:
7882 gold_error_at_location(
7886 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %u"),
7896 // Relocate section data.
7898 template<bool big_endian>
7900 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_section(
7901 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
7902 unsigned int sh_type,
7903 const unsigned char* prelocs,
7905 Output_section* output_section,
7906 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
7907 unsigned char* view,
7908 Arm_address address,
7909 section_size_type view_size,
7910 const Reloc_symbol_changes* reloc_symbol_changes)
7912 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate Arm_relocate;
7913 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
7915 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* arm_input_section =
7916 this->find_arm_input_section(relinfo->object, relinfo->data_shndx);
7918 // This is an ARM input section and the view covers the whole output
7920 if (arm_input_section != NULL)
7922 gold_assert(needs_special_offset_handling);
7923 Arm_address section_address = arm_input_section->address();
7924 section_size_type section_size = arm_input_section->data_size();
7926 gold_assert((arm_input_section->address() >= address)
7927 && ((arm_input_section->address()
7928 + arm_input_section->data_size())
7929 <= (address + view_size)));
7931 off_t offset = section_address - address;
7934 view_size = section_size;
7937 gold::relocate_section<32, big_endian, Target_arm, elfcpp::SHT_REL,
7944 needs_special_offset_handling,
7948 reloc_symbol_changes);
7951 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
7954 template<bool big_endian>
7956 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
7957 unsigned int r_type,
7960 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
7963 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
7966 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
7969 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
7970 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
7971 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
7972 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
7973 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
7976 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
7977 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
7978 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
7979 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
7980 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
7981 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
7982 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
7983 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
7984 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
7985 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
7986 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
7987 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
7988 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
7989 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
7990 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7991 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
7992 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7993 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
7994 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7995 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
7996 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7997 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
7998 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7999 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
8000 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
8001 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
8002 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
8003 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
8004 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
8005 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
8006 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
8007 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
8008 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
8009 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
8010 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
8011 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
8012 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
8013 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
8014 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
8015 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
8016 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
8017 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
8018 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
8019 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
8020 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
8021 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
8022 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
8023 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
8024 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
8025 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
8026 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
8027 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
8028 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
8029 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
8030 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
8031 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
8032 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
8035 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
8036 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
8038 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
8039 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
8040 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
8041 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
8042 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
8043 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
8044 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
8045 object->name().c_str(), r_type);
8049 object->error(_("unsupported reloc %u in object file"), r_type);
8054 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
8056 template<bool big_endian>
8058 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
8059 Symbol_table* symtab,
8061 Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>* object,
8062 unsigned int data_shndx,
8063 unsigned int sh_type,
8064 const unsigned char* prelocs,
8066 Output_section* output_section,
8067 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
8068 size_t local_symbol_count,
8069 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols,
8070 Relocatable_relocs* rr)
8072 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
8074 typedef gold::Default_scan_relocatable_relocs<elfcpp::SHT_REL,
8075 Relocatable_size_for_reloc> Scan_relocatable_relocs;
8077 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs<32, big_endian, elfcpp::SHT_REL,
8078 Scan_relocatable_relocs>(
8086 needs_special_offset_handling,
8092 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
8094 template<bool big_endian>
8096 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_for_relocatable(
8097 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
8098 unsigned int sh_type,
8099 const unsigned char* prelocs,
8101 Output_section* output_section,
8102 off_t offset_in_output_section,
8103 const Relocatable_relocs* rr,
8104 unsigned char* view,
8105 Arm_address view_address,
8106 section_size_type view_size,
8107 unsigned char* reloc_view,
8108 section_size_type reloc_view_size)
8110 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
8112 gold::relocate_for_relocatable<32, big_endian, elfcpp::SHT_REL>(
8117 offset_in_output_section,
8126 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
8127 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
8128 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
8129 // processor specific ABI supplement.
8131 template<bool big_endian>
8133 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol* gsym) const
8135 gold_assert(gsym->is_from_dynobj() && gsym->has_plt_offset());
8136 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym->plt_offset();
8139 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
8141 template<bool big_endian>
8143 Target_arm<big_endian>::get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type)
8147 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
8148 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
8149 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32;
8151 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
8152 // This can be any reloc type but ususally is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
8153 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL;
8160 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
8162 template<bool big_endian>
8164 Target_arm<big_endian>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
8165 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1,
8166 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2)
8168 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
8169 // so allow mixing them.
8170 if ((v1 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4 && v2 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5)
8171 || (v1 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5 && v2 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4))
8177 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
8178 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
8179 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
8180 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8182 template<bool big_endian>
8184 Target_arm<big_endian>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
8185 const std::string& name,
8186 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags)
8188 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
8190 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags = this->processor_specific_flags();
8192 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
8193 if (flags == out_flags)
8196 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
8197 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1 = elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags);
8198 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2 = elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags);
8199 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1, version2))
8200 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
8201 "EABI version %d."),
8203 (flags & elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24,
8204 (out_flags & elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24);
8208 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
8209 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
8210 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
8211 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
8212 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
8213 // to the default values.
8217 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
8218 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
8219 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags & elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK);
8223 // Adjust ELF file header.
8224 template<bool big_endian>
8226 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_adjust_elf_header(
8227 unsigned char* view,
8230 gold_assert(len == elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::ehdr_size);
8232 elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian> ehdr(view);
8233 unsigned char e_ident[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT];
8234 memcpy(e_ident, ehdr.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT);
8236 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
8237 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN)
8238 e_ident[elfcpp::EI_OSABI] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM;
8240 e_ident[elfcpp::EI_OSABI] = 0;
8241 e_ident[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION] = 0;
8243 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
8245 elfcpp::Ehdr_write<32, big_endian> oehdr(view);
8246 oehdr.put_e_ident(e_ident);
8249 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
8250 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>
8251 // to store ARM specific information. Hence we need to have our own
8252 // ELF object creation.
8254 template<bool big_endian>
8256 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_make_elf_object(
8257 const std::string& name,
8258 Input_file* input_file,
8259 off_t offset, const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr)
8261 int et = ehdr.get_e_type();
8262 if (et == elfcpp::ET_REL)
8264 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* obj =
8265 new Arm_relobj<big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr);
8269 else if (et == elfcpp::ET_DYN)
8271 Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>* obj =
8272 new Arm_dynobj<big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr);
8278 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
8284 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
8285 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
8286 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8288 template<bool big_endian>
8290 Target_arm<big_endian>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
8291 const Attributes_section_data* pasd)
8293 const Object_attribute *known_attributes =
8294 pasd->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
8296 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
8297 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
8298 const std::string& sv =
8299 known_attributes[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with].string_value();
8301 && sv.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
8302 && (sv.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
8303 return sv.data()[1];
8305 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
8309 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
8310 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
8311 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8313 template<bool big_endian>
8315 Target_arm<big_endian>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
8316 Attributes_section_data* pasd,
8319 Object_attribute *known_attributes =
8320 pasd->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
8324 known_attributes[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with].set_string_value("");
8328 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
8329 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
8331 sv[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch;
8332 gold_assert(arch != 0);
8336 known_attributes[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with].set_string_value(sv);
8339 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
8341 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8343 template<bool big_endian>
8345 Target_arm<big_endian>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
8348 int* secondary_compat_out,
8350 int secondary_compat)
8352 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
8353 static const int v6t2[] =
8365 static const int v6k[] =
8378 static const int v7[] =
8392 static const int v6_m[] =
8407 static const int v6s_m[] =
8423 static const int v7e_m[] =
8440 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m[] =
8456 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M) // V4T plus V6_M.
8458 static const int *comb[] =
8466 // Pseudo-architecture.
8470 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
8472 if (oldtag >= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH || newtag >= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH)
8474 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name);
8478 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
8480 if ((oldtag == T(V6_M) && *secondary_compat_out == T(V4T))
8481 || (oldtag == T(V4T) && *secondary_compat_out == T(V6_M)))
8482 oldtag = T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M);
8484 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
8487 if ((newtag == T(V6_M) && secondary_compat == T(V4T))
8488 || (newtag == T(V4T) && secondary_compat == T(V6_M)))
8489 newtag = T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M);
8491 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
8492 int tagh = std::max(oldtag, newtag);
8493 if (tagh <= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ)
8496 int tagl = std::min(oldtag, newtag);
8497 int result = comb[tagh - T(V6T2)][tagl];
8499 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
8500 // as the canonical version.
8501 if (result == T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M))
8504 *secondary_compat_out = T(V6_M);
8507 *secondary_compat_out = -1;
8511 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
8512 name, oldtag, newtag);
8520 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
8522 template<bool big_endian>
8524 Target_arm<big_endian>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value)
8526 static const char *aeabi_enum_names[] =
8527 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
8528 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size =
8529 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names[0]);
8531 if (value < aeabi_enum_names_size)
8532 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names[value]);
8536 sprintf(buffer, "<unknown value %u>", value);
8537 return std::string(buffer);
8541 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
8543 template<bool big_endian>
8545 Target_arm<big_endian>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value)
8547 static const char *name_table[] = {
8548 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
8549 // that from the architecture version alone.
8565 const size_t name_table_size = sizeof(name_table) / sizeof(name_table[0]);
8567 if (value < name_table_size)
8568 return std::string(name_table[value]);
8572 sprintf(buffer, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value);
8573 return std::string(buffer);
8577 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
8578 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
8580 template<bool big_endian>
8582 Target_arm<big_endian>::merge_object_attributes(
8584 const Attributes_section_data* pasd)
8586 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
8590 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
8591 if (this->attributes_section_data_ == NULL)
8593 this->attributes_section_data_ = new Attributes_section_data(*pasd);
8597 const int vendor = Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC;
8598 const Object_attribute* in_attr = pasd->known_attributes(vendor);
8599 Object_attribute* out_attr =
8600 this->attributes_section_data_->known_attributes(vendor);
8602 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
8603 if (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].int_value()
8604 != out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].int_value())
8606 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
8607 if (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model].int_value() == 0)
8608 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].set_int_value(
8609 in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].int_value());
8610 else if (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model].int_value() != 0)
8611 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
8615 for (int i = 4; i < Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES; ++i)
8617 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
8620 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name:
8621 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name:
8622 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
8625 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals:
8626 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals:
8627 // Use the first value seen.
8630 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch:
8632 unsigned int saved_out_attr = out_attr->int_value();
8633 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
8634 int secondary_compat =
8635 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd);
8636 int secondary_compat_out =
8637 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
8638 this->attributes_section_data_);
8639 out_attr[i].set_int_value(
8640 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name, out_attr[i].int_value(),
8641 &secondary_compat_out,
8642 in_attr[i].int_value(),
8644 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_,
8645 secondary_compat_out);
8647 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
8648 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == saved_out_attr)
8649 ; // Leave the names alone.
8650 else if (out_attr[i].int_value() == in_attr[i].int_value())
8652 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
8653 // input architecture. Use the input names.
8654 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].set_string_value(
8655 in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].string_value());
8656 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name].set_string_value(
8657 in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name].string_value());
8661 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].set_string_value("");
8662 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name].set_string_value("");
8665 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
8666 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
8667 if (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].string_value() == "")
8669 const std::string cpu_name =
8670 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr[i].int_value());
8671 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
8672 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
8673 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
8674 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].set_string_value(cpu_name);
8679 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use:
8680 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use:
8681 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch:
8682 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch:
8683 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
8684 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding:
8685 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions:
8686 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions:
8687 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model:
8688 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension:
8689 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access:
8690 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use:
8691 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use:
8692 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use:
8693 // Use the largest value specified.
8694 if (in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
8695 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8698 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved:
8699 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data:
8700 // Use the smallest value specified.
8701 if (in_attr[i].int_value() < out_attr[i].int_value())
8702 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8705 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed:
8706 if ((in_attr[i].int_value() > 0 || out_attr[i].int_value() > 0)
8707 && (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved].int_value() == 0
8708 || (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved].int_value()
8711 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conformant
8712 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
8714 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
8718 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal:
8719 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use:
8721 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
8722 // 2 = weak requirement.
8723 static const int order_021[3] = {0, 2, 1};
8725 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
8726 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
8727 if ((in_attr[i].int_value() > 2
8728 && in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
8729 || (in_attr[i].int_value() <= 2
8730 && out_attr[i].int_value() <= 2
8731 && (order_021[in_attr[i].int_value()]
8732 > order_021[out_attr[i].int_value()])))
8733 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8737 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile:
8738 if (out_attr[i].int_value() != in_attr[i].int_value())
8740 // 0 will merge with anything.
8741 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
8742 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
8743 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
8744 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == 0
8745 || (out_attr[i].int_value() == 'S'
8746 && (in_attr[i].int_value() == 'A'
8747 || in_attr[i].int_value() == 'R')))
8748 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8749 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() == 0
8750 || (in_attr[i].int_value() == 'S'
8751 && (out_attr[i].int_value() == 'A'
8752 || out_attr[i].int_value() == 'R')))
8757 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
8758 in_attr[i].int_value() ? in_attr[i].int_value() : '0',
8759 out_attr[i].int_value() ? out_attr[i].int_value() : '0');
8763 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch:
8780 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
8782 if (in_attr[i].int_value() > 6
8783 && in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
8785 *out_attr = *in_attr;
8788 // The output uses the superset of input features
8789 // (ISA version) and registers.
8790 int ver = std::max(vfp_versions[in_attr[i].int_value()].ver,
8791 vfp_versions[out_attr[i].int_value()].ver);
8792 int regs = std::max(vfp_versions[in_attr[i].int_value()].regs,
8793 vfp_versions[out_attr[i].int_value()].regs);
8794 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
8797 for (newval = 6; newval > 0; newval--)
8799 if (regs == vfp_versions[newval].regs
8800 && ver == vfp_versions[newval].ver)
8803 out_attr[i].set_int_value(newval);
8806 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config:
8807 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == 0)
8808 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8809 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0 && out_attr[i].int_value() != 0)
8811 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
8813 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name);
8816 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use:
8817 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value()
8818 && out_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
8819 && in_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused)
8821 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name);
8823 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused)
8824 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8826 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data:
8827 if (in_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
8828 && (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use].int_value()
8829 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB)
8830 && (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use].int_value()
8831 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused))
8833 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
8837 // Use the smallest value specified.
8838 if (in_attr[i].int_value() < out_attr[i].int_value())
8839 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8841 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t:
8842 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
8843 if (out_attr[i].int_value()
8844 && in_attr[i].int_value()
8845 && out_attr[i].int_value() != in_attr[i].int_value())
8847 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
8848 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
8849 "across objects may fail"),
8850 name, in_attr[i].int_value(),
8851 out_attr[i].int_value());
8853 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() && !out_attr[i].int_value())
8854 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8856 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size:
8857 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused)
8859 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
8860 || out_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide)
8862 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
8863 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
8864 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8866 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
8867 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
8868 && out_attr[i].int_value() != in_attr[i].int_value())
8870 unsigned int in_value = in_attr[i].int_value();
8871 unsigned int out_value = out_attr[i].int_value();
8872 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
8873 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
8876 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value).c_str(),
8877 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value).c_str());
8881 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args:
8884 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args:
8885 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value())
8887 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
8892 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility:
8893 // Merged in target-independent code.
8895 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use:
8896 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
8897 if ((in_attr[i].int_value() == 1 && out_attr[i].int_value() == 2)
8898 || (in_attr[i].int_value() == 2 && out_attr[i].int_value() == 1))
8899 out_attr[i].set_int_value(3);
8900 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
8901 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8903 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format:
8904 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0 && out_attr[i].int_value() != 0)
8906 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value())
8907 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
8910 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0)
8911 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
8914 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults:
8915 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
8916 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
8917 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
8920 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with:
8921 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
8923 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance:
8924 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
8925 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
8926 if (in_attr[i].string_value() != out_attr[i].string_value())
8927 out_attr[i].set_string_value("");
8932 const char* err_object = NULL;
8934 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
8935 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
8936 if (out_attr[i].int_value() != 0
8937 || out_attr[i].string_value() != "")
8938 err_object = "output";
8939 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0
8940 || in_attr[i].string_value() != "")
8943 if (err_object != NULL)
8945 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
8947 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
8951 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
8955 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
8956 if (!in_attr[i].matches(out_attr[i]))
8958 out_attr[i].set_int_value(0);
8959 out_attr[i].set_string_value("");
8964 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
8965 if (in_attr[i].type() && !out_attr[i].type())
8966 out_attr[i].set_type(in_attr[i].type());
8969 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
8970 this->attributes_section_data_->merge(name, pasd);
8972 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
8973 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes;
8974 const Other_attributes* in_other_attributes = pasd->other_attributes(vendor);
8975 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter = in_other_attributes->begin();
8976 Other_attributes* out_other_attributes =
8977 this->attributes_section_data_->other_attributes(vendor);
8978 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter = out_other_attributes->begin();
8980 while (in_iter != in_other_attributes->end()
8981 || out_iter != out_other_attributes->end())
8983 const char* err_object = NULL;
8986 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
8987 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
8988 if (out_iter != out_other_attributes->end()
8989 && (in_iter == in_other_attributes->end()
8990 || in_iter->first > out_iter->first))
8992 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
8993 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
8994 err_object = "output";
8995 err_tag = out_iter->first;
8996 int saved_tag = out_iter->first;
8997 delete out_iter->second;
8998 out_other_attributes->erase(out_iter);
8999 out_iter = out_other_attributes->upper_bound(saved_tag);
9001 else if (in_iter != in_other_attributes->end()
9002 && (out_iter != out_other_attributes->end()
9003 || in_iter->first < out_iter->first))
9005 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
9006 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
9008 err_tag = in_iter->first;
9011 else // The tags are equal.
9013 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
9014 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
9015 err_object = "output";
9016 err_tag = out_iter->first;
9018 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
9019 if (!in_iter->second->matches(*(out_iter->second)))
9021 // No match. Delete the attribute.
9022 int saved_tag = out_iter->first;
9023 delete out_iter->second;
9024 out_other_attributes->erase(out_iter);
9025 out_iter = out_other_attributes->upper_bound(saved_tag);
9029 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
9037 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
9038 if ((err_tag & 127) < 64)
9040 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
9041 err_object, err_tag);
9045 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
9046 err_object, err_tag);
9052 // Return whether a relocation type used the LSB to distinguish THUMB
9054 template<bool big_endian>
9056 Target_arm<big_endian>::reloc_uses_thumb_bit(unsigned int r_type)
9060 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
9061 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
9062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
9063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32:
9064 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
9065 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
9066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
9067 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
9068 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
9069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
9070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
9071 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
9072 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
9073 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
9074 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
9075 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
9076 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
9077 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
9078 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
9079 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
9080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
9081 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
9082 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
9083 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
9084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
9085 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
9086 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
9087 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
9088 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
9089 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
9090 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
9091 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
9092 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
9093 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
9100 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
9102 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
9104 template<bool big_endian>
9105 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
9106 Target_arm<big_endian>::new_arm_input_section(
9110 Section_id sid(relobj, shndx);
9112 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* arm_input_section =
9113 new Arm_input_section<big_endian>(relobj, shndx);
9114 arm_input_section->init();
9116 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
9117 std::pair<typename Arm_input_section_map::iterator, bool> ins =
9118 this->arm_input_section_map_.insert(std::make_pair(sid, arm_input_section));
9120 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
9121 // for this input section already.
9122 gold_assert(ins.second);
9124 return arm_input_section;
9127 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
9128 // section of RELOBJ.
9130 template<bool big_endian>
9131 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
9132 Target_arm<big_endian>::find_arm_input_section(
9134 unsigned int shndx) const
9136 Section_id sid(relobj, shndx);
9137 typename Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p =
9138 this->arm_input_section_map_.find(sid);
9139 return (p != this->arm_input_section_map_.end()) ? p->second : NULL;
9142 // Make a new stub table.
9144 template<bool big_endian>
9145 Stub_table<big_endian>*
9146 Target_arm<big_endian>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner)
9148 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
9149 new Stub_table<big_endian>(owner);
9150 this->stub_tables_.push_back(stub_table);
9152 stub_table->set_address(owner->address() + owner->data_size());
9153 stub_table->set_file_offset(owner->offset() + owner->data_size());
9154 stub_table->finalize_data_size();
9159 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
9161 template<bool big_endian>
9163 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
9164 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9165 unsigned int r_type,
9166 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
9168 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
9169 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword addend,
9170 Arm_address address)
9172 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate Relocate;
9174 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
9175 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
9177 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX)
9179 const uint32_t reg = (addend & 0xf);
9180 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
9183 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
9184 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
9185 arm_relobj->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
9186 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
9188 if (stub_table->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg) == NULL)
9190 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
9191 Arm_v4bx_stub* stub =
9192 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg);
9193 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
9194 stub_table->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub);
9201 bool target_is_thumb;
9202 Symbol_value<32> symval;
9205 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
9206 // final target is THUMB.
9207 if (gsym->use_plt_offset(Relocate::reloc_is_non_pic(r_type)))
9209 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
9210 symval.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
9211 + gsym->plt_offset());
9213 target_is_thumb = false;
9215 else if (gsym->is_undefined())
9216 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
9221 ((gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC)
9222 || (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
9223 && !gsym->is_undefined()
9224 && ((psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0) & 1) != 0)));
9229 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
9230 target_is_thumb = arm_relobj->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym);
9233 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
9235 && Target_arm<big_endian>::reloc_uses_thumb_bit(r_type)
9236 && ((psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0) & 1) != 0))
9238 Arm_address stripped_value =
9239 psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address>(1);
9240 symval.set_output_value(stripped_value);
9244 // Get the symbol value.
9245 Symbol_value<32>::Value value = psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0);
9247 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
9248 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
9249 Arm_address destination;
9252 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
9253 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
9254 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
9256 destination = value + addend + 8;
9258 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
9259 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
9260 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
9261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
9263 destination = value + addend + 4;
9269 Reloc_stub* stub = NULL;
9270 Stub_type stub_type =
9271 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type, address, destination,
9273 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
9275 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
9276 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
9277 arm_relobj->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
9278 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
9280 // Locate stub by destination.
9281 Reloc_stub::Key stub_key(stub_type, gsym, arm_relobj, r_sym, addend);
9283 // Create a stub if there is not one already
9284 stub = stub_table->find_reloc_stub(stub_key);
9287 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
9288 stub = this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type);
9289 stub_table->add_reloc_stub(stub, stub_key);
9292 // Record the destination address.
9293 stub->set_destination_address(destination
9294 | (target_is_thumb ? 1 : 0));
9297 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
9298 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
9299 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
9300 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
9301 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
9302 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
9303 && (address & 0xfffU) == 0xffeU)
9305 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
9306 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
9307 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
9308 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_[address] =
9309 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub, r_type,
9310 destination | (target_is_thumb ? 1 : 0));
9314 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
9315 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
9316 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
9317 // specific part of a relocation.
9319 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
9320 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
9322 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
9323 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
9324 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
9325 // mapped to output offsets.
9327 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
9328 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
9329 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
9330 // the output section.
9332 template<bool big_endian>
9333 template<int sh_type>
9335 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
9336 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9337 const unsigned char* prelocs,
9339 Output_section* output_section,
9340 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
9341 const unsigned char* view,
9342 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr view_address,
9345 typedef typename Reloc_types<sh_type, 32, big_endian>::Reloc Reltype;
9346 const int reloc_size =
9347 Reloc_types<sh_type, 32, big_endian>::reloc_size;
9349 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_object =
9350 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
9351 unsigned int local_count = arm_object->local_symbol_count();
9353 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior = CB_UNDETERMINED;
9355 for (size_t i = 0; i < reloc_count; ++i, prelocs += reloc_size)
9357 Reltype reloc(prelocs);
9359 typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info = reloc.get_r_info();
9360 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info);
9361 unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<32>(r_info);
9363 r_type = this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
9365 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
9366 if ((r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL)
9367 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
9368 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32)
9369 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL)
9370 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
9371 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
9372 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
9373 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX))
9376 section_offset_type offset =
9377 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc.get_r_offset());
9379 if (needs_special_offset_handling)
9381 offset = output_section->output_offset(relinfo->object,
9382 relinfo->data_shndx,
9388 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX)
9390 // Get the BX instruction.
9391 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
9392 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view + offset);
9393 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword insn =
9394 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
9395 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo, r_type, NULL, 0, NULL,
9401 Stub_addend_reader<sh_type, big_endian> stub_addend_reader;
9402 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword addend =
9403 stub_addend_reader(r_type, view + offset, reloc);
9405 const Sized_symbol<32>* sym;
9407 Symbol_value<32> symval;
9408 const Symbol_value<32> *psymval;
9409 if (r_sym < local_count)
9412 psymval = arm_object->local_symbol(r_sym);
9414 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
9415 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
9416 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
9417 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
9418 // correspond to a section we are folding.
9420 unsigned int shndx = psymval->input_shndx(&is_ordinary);
9422 && shndx != elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
9423 && !arm_object->is_section_included(shndx)
9424 && !(relinfo->symtab->is_section_folded(arm_object, shndx)))
9426 if (comdat_behavior == CB_UNDETERMINED)
9429 arm_object->section_name(relinfo->data_shndx);
9430 comdat_behavior = get_comdat_behavior(name.c_str());
9432 if (comdat_behavior == CB_PRETEND)
9435 typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr value =
9436 arm_object->map_to_kept_section(shndx, &found);
9438 symval.set_output_value(value + psymval->input_value());
9440 symval.set_output_value(0);
9444 symval.set_output_value(0);
9446 symval.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
9452 const Symbol* gsym = arm_object->global_symbol(r_sym);
9453 gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
9454 if (gsym->is_forwarder())
9455 gsym = relinfo->symtab->resolve_forwards(gsym);
9457 sym = static_cast<const Sized_symbol<32>*>(gsym);
9458 if (sym->has_symtab_index())
9459 symval.set_output_symtab_index(sym->symtab_index());
9461 symval.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
9463 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
9465 const Symbol_table* symtab = relinfo->symtab;
9466 const Sized_symbol<32>* sized_symbol =
9467 symtab->get_sized_symbol<32>(gsym);
9468 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status;
9470 symtab->compute_final_value<32>(sized_symbol, &status);
9472 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
9473 if (status == Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION)
9476 symval.set_output_value(value);
9480 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
9481 // destination. Give up.
9482 if (psymval->is_section_symbol())
9485 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo, r_type, sym, r_sym, psymval,
9486 addend, view_address + offset);
9490 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
9492 template<bool big_endian>
9494 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_section_for_stubs(
9495 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9496 unsigned int sh_type,
9497 const unsigned char* prelocs,
9499 Output_section* output_section,
9500 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
9501 const unsigned char* view,
9502 Arm_address view_address,
9503 section_size_type view_size)
9505 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
9506 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs<elfcpp::SHT_REL>(
9511 needs_special_offset_handling,
9515 else if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
9516 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
9518 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs<elfcpp::SHT_RELA>(
9523 needs_special_offset_handling,
9531 // Group input sections for stub generation.
9533 // We goup input sections in an output sections so that the total size,
9534 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
9535 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
9536 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
9537 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
9538 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWATS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
9539 // extend the group after the stub table.
9541 template<bool big_endian>
9543 Target_arm<big_endian>::group_sections(
9545 section_size_type group_size,
9546 bool stubs_always_after_branch)
9548 // Group input sections and insert stub table
9549 Layout::Section_list section_list;
9550 layout->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list);
9551 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = section_list.begin();
9552 p != section_list.end();
9555 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* output_section =
9556 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(*p);
9557 output_section->group_sections(group_size, stubs_always_after_branch,
9562 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
9564 template<bool big_endian>
9566 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_relax(
9568 const Input_objects* input_objects,
9569 Symbol_table* symtab,
9572 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
9573 gold_assert(!parameters->options().relocatable());
9575 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
9577 bool done_exidx_fixup = false;
9580 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
9581 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
9582 // is passed a negative value, we restict stubs to be always after
9583 // the stubbed branches.
9584 int32_t stub_group_size_param =
9585 parameters->options().stub_group_size();
9586 bool stubs_always_after_branch = stub_group_size_param < 0;
9587 section_size_type stub_group_size = abs(stub_group_size_param);
9589 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
9590 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
9591 // This is a crude way of enforcing that.
9592 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_)
9593 stubs_always_after_branch = true;
9595 if (stub_group_size == 1)
9598 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
9599 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
9600 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account).
9602 // This value is 24K less than that, which allows for 2025
9603 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
9604 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
9606 stub_group_size = 4170000;
9609 group_sections(layout, stub_group_size, stubs_always_after_branch);
9611 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
9612 Output_section* os = layout->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
9613 if (os != NULL && os->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
9615 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* exidx_output_section =
9616 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(os);
9617 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout, exidx_output_section, symtab);
9618 done_exidx_fixup = true;
9622 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
9623 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
9624 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
9625 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
9626 // That would require more book-keeping.
9627 typedef typename Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator;
9628 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_)
9630 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
9631 for (typename Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p =
9632 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.begin();
9633 p != this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.end();
9636 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.clear();
9638 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
9639 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
9640 sp != this->stub_tables_.end();
9642 (*sp)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
9645 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
9646 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op = input_objects->relobj_begin();
9647 op != input_objects->relobj_end();
9650 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
9651 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*op);
9652 arm_relobj->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab, layout);
9655 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
9656 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
9658 bool any_stub_table_changed = false;
9659 Unordered_set<const Output_section*> sections_needing_adjustment;
9660 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
9661 (sp != this->stub_tables_.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed;
9664 if ((*sp)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
9666 // Update data size of stub table owner.
9667 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner = (*sp)->owner();
9668 uint64_t address = owner->address();
9669 off_t offset = owner->offset();
9670 owner->reset_address_and_file_offset();
9671 owner->set_address_and_file_offset(address, offset);
9673 sections_needing_adjustment.insert(owner->output_section());
9674 any_stub_table_changed = true;
9678 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
9679 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
9680 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
9682 for(Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = layout->section_list().begin();
9683 p != layout->section_list().end();
9686 if (sections_needing_adjustment.find(*p)
9687 != sections_needing_adjustment.end())
9688 (*p)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
9691 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
9692 bool continue_relaxation = done_exidx_fixup || any_stub_table_changed;
9694 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
9695 if (!continue_relaxation)
9697 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
9698 (sp != this->stub_tables_.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed;
9700 (*sp)->finalize_stubs();
9702 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
9703 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op = input_objects->relobj_begin();
9704 op != input_objects->relobj_end();
9707 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
9708 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*op);
9710 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
9711 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
9713 if (arm_relobj->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
9714 arm_relobj->update_output_local_symbol_count();
9718 return continue_relaxation;
9723 template<bool big_endian>
9725 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_stub(
9727 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9728 Output_section* output_section,
9729 unsigned char* view,
9730 Arm_address address,
9731 section_size_type view_size)
9734 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
9735 for (size_t i = 0; i < stub_template->reloc_count(); i++)
9737 size_t reloc_insn_index = stub_template->reloc_insn_index(i);
9738 const Insn_template* insn = &stub_template->insns()[reloc_insn_index];
9740 unsigned int r_type = insn->r_type();
9741 section_size_type reloc_offset = stub_template->reloc_offset(i);
9742 section_size_type reloc_size = insn->size();
9743 gold_assert(reloc_offset + reloc_size <= view_size);
9745 // This is the address of the stub destination.
9746 Arm_address target = stub->reloc_target(i) + insn->reloc_addend();
9747 Symbol_value<32> symval;
9748 symval.set_output_value(target);
9750 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
9752 unsigned char reloc_buffer[elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size];
9753 memset(reloc_buffer, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer));
9754 elfcpp::Rel_write<32, big_endian> reloc_write(reloc_buffer);
9755 reloc_write.put_r_offset(reloc_offset);
9756 reloc_write.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info<32>(0, r_type));
9757 elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian> rel(reloc_buffer);
9759 relocate.relocate(relinfo, this, output_section,
9760 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs, rel, r_type,
9761 NULL, &symval, view + reloc_offset,
9762 address + reloc_offset, reloc_size);
9766 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
9769 template<bool big_endian>
9771 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag) const
9773 if (tag == Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility)
9774 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
9775 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL);
9776 else if (tag == elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults)
9777 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
9778 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT);
9779 else if (tag == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name || tag == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name)
9780 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL;
9782 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
9784 return ((tag & 1) != 0
9785 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
9786 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL);
9789 // Reorder attributes.
9791 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
9792 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
9793 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
9796 template<bool big_endian>
9798 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_attributes_order(int num) const
9800 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
9801 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
9802 // and shift eveything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
9804 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance;
9806 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults;
9807 if ((num - 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults)
9809 if ((num - 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance)
9814 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
9816 template<bool big_endian>
9818 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
9819 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj,
9821 section_size_type span_start,
9822 section_size_type span_end,
9823 const unsigned char* view,
9824 Arm_address address)
9826 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
9828 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
9829 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
9830 // first half of the branch.
9831 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
9832 // length non-branch instruction.
9833 section_size_type i = span_start;
9834 bool last_was_32bit = false;
9835 bool last_was_branch = false;
9836 while (i < span_end)
9838 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
9839 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view + i);
9840 uint32_t insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
9841 bool is_blx = false, is_b = false;
9842 bool is_bl = false, is_bcc = false;
9844 bool insn_32bit = (insn & 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn & 0x1800) != 0x0000;
9847 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
9848 insn = (insn << 16) | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
9850 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
9851 is_b = (insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf0009000U;
9852 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
9853 is_bl = (insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf000d000U;
9854 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
9855 is_blx = (insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf000c000U;
9856 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
9857 is_bcc = ((insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf0008000U
9858 && (insn & 0x07f00000U) != 0x03800000U);
9861 bool is_32bit_branch = is_b || is_bl || is_blx || is_bcc;
9863 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
9864 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
9865 // we need to work around.
9867 && ((address + i) & 0xfffU) == 0xffeU
9869 && !last_was_branch)
9871 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
9872 bool force_target_arm = false;
9873 bool force_target_thumb = false;
9874 const Cortex_a8_reloc* cortex_a8_reloc = NULL;
9875 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p =
9876 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.find(address + i);
9878 if (p != this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.end())
9880 cortex_a8_reloc = p->second;
9881 bool target_is_thumb = (cortex_a8_reloc->destination() & 1) != 0;
9883 if (cortex_a8_reloc->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
9884 && !target_is_thumb)
9885 force_target_arm = true;
9886 else if (cortex_a8_reloc->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
9888 force_target_thumb = true;
9892 Stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
9894 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
9895 uint16_t upper_insn = (insn >> 16) & 0xffffU;
9896 uint16_t lower_insn = insn & 0xffffU;
9897 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> RelocFuncs;
9899 if (cortex_a8_reloc != NULL
9900 && cortex_a8_reloc->reloc_stub() != NULL)
9901 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
9902 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
9903 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
9904 // setting of always_after_branch above).
9908 offset = RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn,
9910 stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond;
9912 else if (is_b || is_bl || is_blx)
9914 offset = RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn,
9920 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
9922 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
9923 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b));
9926 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
9928 Arm_address pc_for_insn = address + i + 4;
9930 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
9931 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
9932 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
9933 // BLX stub instead in that case.
9934 if (this->may_use_blx() && force_target_arm
9935 && stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl)
9937 stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx;
9941 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
9942 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
9943 else if (force_target_thumb
9944 && stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx)
9946 stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl;
9954 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
9955 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
9956 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
9957 if (cortex_a8_reloc != NULL)
9958 offset = (off_t) (cortex_a8_reloc->destination() - pc_for_insn);
9960 Arm_address target = (pc_for_insn + offset) | (is_blx ? 0 : 1);
9962 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
9963 if (((address + i) & ~0xfffU) == (target & ~0xfffU))
9965 Cortex_a8_stub* stub =
9966 this->stub_factory_.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type,
9970 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
9971 arm_relobj->stub_table(shndx);
9972 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
9973 stub_table->add_cortex_a8_stub(address + i, stub);
9978 i += insn_32bit ? 4 : 2;
9979 last_was_32bit = insn_32bit;
9980 last_was_branch = is_32bit_branch;
9984 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
9986 template<bool big_endian>
9988 Target_arm<big_endian>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
9989 const Cortex_a8_stub* stub,
9990 Arm_address stub_address,
9991 unsigned char* insn_view,
9992 Arm_address insn_address)
9994 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
9995 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(insn_view);
9996 Valtype upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
9997 Valtype lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
9998 off_t branch_offset = stub_address - (insn_address + 4);
10000 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> RelocFuncs;
10001 switch (stub->stub_template()->type())
10003 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond:
10004 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow<21>(branch_offset));
10005 upper_insn = RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn,
10007 lower_insn = RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn,
10011 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b:
10012 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl:
10013 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx:
10014 if ((lower_insn & 0x5000U) == 0x4000U)
10015 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
10016 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
10017 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
10018 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
10019 branch_offset = (branch_offset + 2) & ~3;
10021 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
10022 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow<25>(branch_offset));
10023 upper_insn = RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn, branch_offset);
10024 lower_insn = RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn, branch_offset);
10028 gold_unreachable();
10031 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
10032 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, upper_insn);
10033 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, lower_insn);
10036 template<bool big_endian>
10037 class Target_selector_arm : public Target_selector
10040 Target_selector_arm()
10041 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM, 32, big_endian,
10042 (big_endian ? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"))
10046 do_instantiate_target()
10047 { return new Target_arm<big_endian>(); }
10050 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
10052 template<bool big_endian>
10054 Target_arm<big_endian>::fix_exidx_coverage(
10056 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* exidx_section,
10057 Symbol_table* symtab)
10059 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
10060 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
10061 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
10062 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
10063 // by addresses within the output section.
10065 typedef std::set<Output_section*, output_section_address_less_than>
10066 Sorted_output_section_list;
10067 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections;
10068 Layout::Section_list section_list;
10069 layout->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list);
10070 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = section_list.begin();
10071 p != section_list.end();
10074 // We only care about output sections that contain executable code.
10075 if (((*p)->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
10076 sorted_output_sections.insert(*p);
10079 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
10080 typedef typename Arm_output_section<big_endian>::Text_section_list
10082 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections;
10083 for(typename Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p =
10084 sorted_output_sections.begin();
10085 p != sorted_output_sections.end();
10088 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* arm_output_section =
10089 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(*p);
10090 arm_output_section->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections);
10093 exidx_section->fix_exidx_coverage(sorted_text_sections, symtab);
10096 Target_selector_arm<false> target_selector_arm;
10097 Target_selector_arm<true> target_selector_armbe;
10099 } // End anonymous namespace.